LIST OF MATERIALS Acceptable for Use on Systems of USDA Rural Development Telecommunications Borrowers

United States Department of Agriculture Rural Utilities Service (RUS) Rural Development Utilities Programs Informational Publication 344-2 2011 Edition

DISCLAIMER Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of this document. However, in case of discrepancies, records of Technical Standards Committee “A" are the authoritative source.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 1 of 168

PREFACE

This List of Acceptable Materials (Telecommunications) supersedes all preceding issues. It reflects all actions of the Technical Standards Committees "A" and "B" (Telecommunications) through February 28, 2011. The small letters used to designate many construction items listed herein correspond to the letters used on construction drawings to indicate individual items of material; however, many equipment items have been assigned letter combinations only as a means of identification within the List of Acceptable Materials (Telecommunications). The acceptance of an additional item or the deletion of an existing item is a function of the RUS Administrator and Technical Standards Committees "A" and "B" (Telecommunications). Anyone desiring to have a new item placed on the List of Materials (Telecommunications), or believing an existing item should be removed from the List of Materials (Telecommunications), is invited to submit the matter to Technical Standards Committee "A" (Telecommunications). Any communication calling attention to an error, an obsolete item, etc., will also be appreciated. All communications should be addressed to the Chair, Technical Standards Committee "A" (Telecommunications), Stop 1550, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Rural Utilities Service, 1400 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, D.C. 20250-1550. The inclusion of an item in the List of Materials (Telecommunications) does not indicate that that item's manufacturer or its principals have not been debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily excluded pursuant to Executive Order 12549, Debarment or Suspension, or any rules or regulations issued thereunder, including 7 CFR Part 3017 ("Debarment Regulations".) Therefore, borrowers must comply with the requirements imposed by the Debarment Regulations before entering into any "covered transaction," as defined by 7 CFR Part 3017, involving any item on this List of Materials (Telecommunications.) The List of Acceptable Materials The RUS List of Materials Acceptable for Use on Telecommunications Systems of RUS Borrower's – IP 344-2 (List of Acceptable materials) is an informational publication of products accepted by the Technical Standards Committee “A”-Telecommunications (Committee A). Acceptable products are those who provide satisfactory field performance and meet RUS requirements for listing, including the RUS Buy American requirement, when applicable. Product acceptances rely on the manufacturer’s data and field performance testimonials. As part of our commitment to list acceptable products, RUS will investigate any report on nonperformance of RUS listed or accepted products. To maintain the product’s listing RUS expect that the manufacturer, as the expert of the product’s field performance, to respond expeditiously to address and correct any performance issues of its listed-products. Inclusion in the RUS List of Materials implies that:

• The manufacturer has submitted data demonstrating product’s performance as well as any advertised capabilities as well as compliance with applicable RUS or industry specifications, as appropriate. Test results submitted specifically need to warrants product’s performance claims.

• The listing is granted with the understanding that the manufacturer will inform RUS of any

changes of the Buy American status on a timely manner.

• The manufacturers certifying domestic origin for a product, as sold to RUS borrowers, are aware of the fact that in particular cases where a product configuration may cause the product to become non-domestic, and must inform the borrower that for this particular sale the product is non-domestic.

• The manufacturer is aware that RUS Bulletin 344-3 indicates that for a bid or quote for multiple

products the RUS Buy American requirement applies to each individual item and that the

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 2 of 168

manufacturers needs to identify domestic and nondomestic products in their bid for purpose of Buy American compliance of the borrower’s purchase with RUS funds.

o The manufacturer is responsible to inform product distributors or re-sellers of the

particular circumstances that would make your product non-domestic or to have an internal procedure in place as to ensure that the borrower is informed when the product has become non-domestic.

o In other cases for a system that the manufacturer has certified as meeting the "RUS Buy

American Requirement" as a domestic product, a system component (hereafter in the paragraph called the "product") may stand alone as a “product” that when sold by itself it may be a non-domestic “product.” When this is the case, the manufacturer must also inform the borrower that the "product" is non-domestic. The “product” may be financed by the Telecommunications Program upon the “product” meeting the REA Bulletin 344-3 (Telephone), paragraph IV.C, Price Differential.

• Product acceptances do not relieve you, the manufacturer of the product accepted by us, of the

responsibilities as set forth in the original acceptance for the product. Such product acceptances are further granted with the understanding that no changes in design or workmanship, affecting the quality, strength, or characteristics of respective Agency accepted products, will be made without requesting, in writing, and receiving Technical Standards Committee "A" - (Telecommunications) acceptance of the changes.

• The manufacturer is aware that per RUS Bulleting 345-3

(http://www.usda.gov/rus/telecom/publications/pdf_files/10-12-04/345-3.pdf), a product accepted by RUS may be removed for the List of Acceptable Materials if RUS determines that the product is unsatisfactory or has been misrepresented to a borrower or RUS.

• When referring to this Agency (Rural Utilities Service) in catalogs, informational fliers, news

reports, or paid advertisements, the manufacturer will refer to "RUS acceptance, RUS accepted, RUS listed, or RUS listing,” and not refer to "RUS approval or RUS approved. (Any Committee A action does not constitute an Agency "approval" of the product. The Committee determines that a product is "acceptable" for use on telecommunications systems of RUS borrowers and for inclusion (listing) of the product in the List of Acceptable Materials with similarly acceptable products of other manufacturers.)

• RUS Buy American Requirement All materials and equipment financed with loan funds under the RE Act of 1938, as amended, are subject to the “Buy American” provisions (7 U.S.C. 901 et seq. as amended in 1938), as amended. The "Buy American" provision is found at http://www.usda.gov/rus/regs/info/100-1/buy_american.htm. For products of non-domestic origin manufacture manufacturers should request a non-domestic listing. Refer to the section below on Agency policy for financing of non-domestic products. For Agency acceptance of a product as domestic, the manufacturer must include a certification stating that the product, as it is sold to RUS borrowers, complies with the following two domestic origin manufacture provisions:

a) Final assembly or manufacture of the product, as the product would be used by an RUS borrower, is completed in the United States or eligible countries (currently, Mexico, Canada and Israel); and

b) The cost of United States and eligible countries' components (in any combination) within the product is more than 50 percent of the total cost of all components utilized in the product. The cost of non-domestic components (components not manufactured within the United States or eligible countries) which are included in the finished product must include all duties, taxes, and delivery charges to the point of assembly or manufacture.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 3 of 168

The Buy American is applied to the product, as sold to RUS borrowers, and to the components directly incorporated in the product, but not to the supplies that are used in the manufacture of such components. The place of manufacturing determines whether a component is domestic. Components manufactured in the USA or in an eligible country are considered domestic. The cost of a component includes the acquisition cost, including transportation costs to the place of incorporation into the product (whether or not such costs are paid to a domestic firm), and any applicable duty (whether or not a duty-free entry certificate is issued). If the manufacturer of the product manufactures a component, then the cost of the component includes all costs associated with the manufacture of the component, including transportation costs (whether or not such costs are paid to a domestic firm), plus allocable overhead costs, but excluding profit. Cost of components does not include any costs associated with the manufacturing of the product such as cost of assembly, alignment, testing, etc. For a system that the manufacturer has certified to RUS that meets the RUS Buy American requirement as a domestic product, please be aware that a subsystem (hereafter in the paragraph called the "product") may stand alone as a "product" and that when sold by itself it may be a non-domestic "product." When this is the case and this subsystem is not Agency-listed as stand alone “product”, the manufacturer must inform the borrower that the "product" is non-domestic. The "product" may be financed by RUS upon the product meeting the RUS Buy American Requirement as a non-domestic product. For a product listed as a domestic product, there may be particular cases where the product becomes non-domestic due to its configuration (its provisioning or other unique factors). When this is the case, the manufacturer shall inform the borrower that for this particular sale that the product is a non-domestic product. Manufacturers are responsible to inform product distributors or re-sellers of the particular circumstances that would make their product non-domestic or to have an internal procedure in place as to ensure that the borrower is informed when the product has become non-domestic. The following documents have more information on the RUS "Buy American" requirement:

a) IP 100-1 , Rural Electrification Act of 1936, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 901-950b (as of 1/23/2004), available at http://www.usda.gov/rus/index2/rusregs.htm ;

b) RUS Bulletin 344-3, "Buy American Requirement, available at

http://www.usda.gov/rus/telecom/publications/bulletins.htm ; and

c) Buy American Federal Register Notices available at http://www.usda.gov/rus/telecom/publications/publications.htm#buy

Applicability of the RUS Buy American (BA) Requirement to Software -The BA applies to standard commercially available software, i.e. computer programs, in cases when manufacturing is involved. The BA does not apply to services such as programming services required to meet the specific need of a specific customer. Although the creation of a software program involves intellectual processes as would the creation of a manuscript of a book, once created the process of duplicating the result for sale or lease is a manufacturing process. (For purely electronic reproductions that do not involve manufacturing the BA would not apply.) The software product’s components would consist of the CD and the user’s manual. While most of the cost may be attributable to development efforts, the developing of software is not subject to the BA.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 4 of 168

For companies that normally sell software only RUS would consider the listing of a software load only when the software company agrees, on request from the borrower, to also provide a server. Because of the Buy American status of the server is unknown the listing granted would be shown on the list of Materials as non-domestic. For the server to be evaluated as domestic at the time of purchase, the company would need to provide a Buy American certification with their bid. If the server is non-domestic, then the server would be evaluated as described below under “RUS Policy on the Financing Non-Domestic Products”. However, the 6% cost adjustment for purposes of determining the low bid would be applied to the server only and not the software. Buy American Annual Certification - Technical Standards Committee “A”-Telecommunications accepts products for use in systems of RUS borrowers. These products are included in the List of Acceptable Materials either as domestic or non-domestic in an effort to facilitate compliance with the Buy American (BA) requirement of RUS Bulletin 344-3 (Telephone), “‘Buy American’ Requirement.” To maintain the domestic listing(s) Agency-listed manufacturers are responsible to comply with the following:

For products that have been accepted by RUS in any of the first three quarters of the year: By the

end of January of each year manufacturers will need to submit to the Agency a BA certification for all domestic-product listing(s) included in the RUS List of Acceptable Materials. RUS includes as part of your listing(s) a BA certification expiration date.

For timely processing this information needs to be provided at least 30 days before the expiration date, but not sooner than the start of the fourth quarter of the year prior to the year of expiration.

To make a request for renewal of domestic listings just email to RUS a PDF facsimile of an executed letter making such a request. Email also a PDF facsimile of the BA certification. If manufacturing of the product is outsourced, also include a BA certification from the company manufacturing the product. The request also needs to include the following:

The product contact information, such as the name, email, telephone, etc.

Current datasheets (for electronic equipment only);

The production plant address where the product(s) is (are) produced, contact information, and contact person;

A statement certifying that your company is actively selling these products to RUS

Telecommunications borrowers; and

A statement certifying that that no changes in design or workmanship, affecting the quality, strength, or characteristics of respective Agency-accepted products, have not been made without requesting, in writing, and receiving Technical Standards Committee “A" - (Telecommunications,) acceptance of the changes. If changes have been made, then a brief description of the changes will need to be submitted.

RUS Policy on the Financing Non-Domestic Products Products that do not meet the "Buy American" provision of 1938, as amended, are included in the RUS List of Materials as non-domestic. The "Buy American" provision is found at http://www.usda.gov/rus/regs/info/100-1/buy_american.htm. For RUS financing of a product RUS requires that the product complies with the RUS "Buy American" provision. (For more information on RUS requirements for product acceptance or technical acceptance see RUS listing procedures at http://www.usda.gov/rus/telecom/materials/listing/listing.htm .)

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 5 of 168

A product that does not meet either of the two conditions below is classified as non-domestic for purposes of RUS financing:

(1) Final assembly or manufacture of the product, as the product would be used by an RUS borrower, is completed in the United States or eligible countries (currently, Mexico, Canada and Israel); and

(2) The cost of United States and eligible countries' components (in any combination) within the

product is more than 50 percent of the total cost of all components utilized in the product. The cost of non-domestic components (components not manufactured within the United States or eligible countries) which are included in the finished product must include all duties, taxes, and delivery charges to the point of assembly/manufacture.

Per RUS Bulletin 344-3, a bid for a non-domestic product is considered to be in compliance with the Agency’s "Buy American" requirement when the domestic bid exceeds the non-domestic bid by a sum determined by computing six percent of the material content in the non-domestic bid. For a bid or proposal that contains multiple products, the RUS Buy American requirement applies to each individual product per paragraph IV.E of RUS Bulletin 344-3 which states: “Where a supplier or contractor offers or furnishes several items under a purchase order or contract, the provisions of this Bulletin are applicable to each of such items.” For products classified as non-domestic, there may be particular cases where a product configuration due to its provision (or for other unique factors) that may cause the product to become domestic. When this is the case, the manufacturer shall inform the borrower that for this particular sale the product is a domestic product. Manufacturers are responsible to inform product distributors or re-sellers of the particular circumstances that would make their product domestic or to have an internal procedure in place as to ensure that the borrower is informed when the product has become domestic to avoid having the product treated as non-domestic for such particular sale. Non-domestic Listing(s) Renewal - This type of listing is granted for 2 years. The expiration date is part of the RUS listing on the List of Acceptable Materials. Manufacturers must request RUS product acceptance renewal at least 30 days before the expiration to avoid discontinuance of the product listing. Renewing the listing will require demonstrating that the manufacturer has made an effort to sell the product to RUS borrowers such as a listing of recent sales to RUS borrowers or participation in RUS bids. As part of this process, all manufactures will need to certify that no changes in design or workmanship, affecting the quality, strength, or characteristics of respective Agency accepted products, have been made without requesting, in writing, and receiving Technical Standards Committee "A" - (Telecommunications) acceptance of the changes. If changes have been made, then a brief description of the changes will need to be submitted. The request letter needs to include:

The product contact information, such as the name, email, telephone, etc.

Current datasheets;

The production plant address;

Information demonstrating that the manufacturer has made an effort to sell the product(s) to RUS borrowers such as a listing of recent sales or participation in RUS bids.; and

A statement certifying that that no changes in design or workmanship, affecting the quality,

strength, or characteristics of respective Agency-accepted products, have not been made without requesting, in writing, and receiving Technical Standards Committee “A" - (Telecommunications,)

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 6 of 168

acceptance of the changes. If changes have been made, then a brief description of the changes will need to be submitted.

For timely processing this information needs to be provided at least 30 days before the expiration date. RUS Policy on Listing Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) The Agency will not separately list OEM'ed equipment, unless the product is being OEM’ed to a listed manufacturer. Generally, OEM’ed products (products exactly the same as listed products with different manufacturers' names and model designations) may be shown on the List of Acceptable Materials as part of a product listing when a certification is provided by the listed manufacturer. This certification needs to state that the manufacturer has an agreement with one or more other companies to resell the listed equipment. This certification must also include these companies' names, product names, and an explanation of the agreements. Certifications must also be provided by the listed manufacturer and each of the resellers stating that the product sold is unchanged from the product sold by the listed manufacturer with the exception of cosmetic changes required to change the suppliers' names and model designations. These certifications must include company contact information for each company involved including contact name, mailing address, email address and telephone number. RUS Listing Procedures RUS product acceptance requirements are found at http://www.usda.gov/rus/telecom/listing_procedures/index_listing_procedures.htm . An application would consist of the information required in two documents:

General Listing Procedures included below; and

The document associated with the product specific requirements indicating additional RUS requirements. If RUS does not have requirements for a particular product, then only the “General Listing Requirements” document needs to be followed.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 7 of 168

General Application Procedures for Rural Development Telecommunications Product Acceptance

This section describes the general requirements for requesting product acceptance from the Telecommunications Program, a program administered by the Rural Utilities Service (RUS), an agency under USDA Rural Development (RD.) Additional requirements for acceptance of a specific product are included in the document for the product specific category found at http://www.usda.gov/rus/telecom/listing_procedures/index_listing_procedures.htm . If no specific category exists, the general procedures in this document should be followed. Questions regarding appropriate product categories and general acceptance procedures should be directed to Norberto Esteves at norberto.esteves@wdc.usda.gov . For questions regarding specific products, see the product specific acceptance procedures for contact persons.

An application for product acceptance is comprised of the information requested in this document and the document for the product specific category. Only complete applications must be submitted, unless the application is submitted in support of a field trial. (Field trials are normally required when a product does not have sufficient field deployment experience.) Requests for product acceptance must be made by the actual product manufacturer, or its authorized representative, and must be made for production items only.

All applications or requests should be electronically submitted with all signatory pages copied in read only format. All electronic submittals may be emailed with a 5-8 Megabytes limit per email attachment, copied onto a CD/DVD, or downloadable through the internet via file transfer protocol (FTP). The electronic submittal must be complied into folders corresponding to the numbered sections shown below. More than one email per section may be used. Information or data sent must be clearly labeled with the subject identifying the section that the information attached belongs to. Email the information to: norberto.esteves@wdc.usda.gov .

Example:

(Use option View/Print Layout to see image below.)

25 Mega‐bytes of attachments need to be emailed for section #3, Conformance to Standards and Performance Test Data 

Email 5 megabytes at a time separately 

All five email’s subject should identify: Manufacturer Name, Product Name, Section #3 or Conformance to Standards and Performance Test Data 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 8 of 168

1. Application Requests – Application letter requesting acceptance of a product should be addressed to:

Chairman, Technical Standards Committee "A" (Telecommunications) 1400 Independence Ave. SW Room 2849-S, STOP 1550 Washington, DC 20250-1550

The request needs to be made and signed by an authorized employee of the actual manufacturer of the product. The request needs to include the following information:

a. Identify the product by specific model or catalog number;

b. State that the product is in full production; and

c. The plant address where the product is produced, contact information, and contact person.

2. Product Description and Support - Include sales brochures, general descriptions of the product, warranty, return and repair policies, price lists, operator and installation manuals, etc. See product specific acceptance procedures for detailed description requirements.

3. Conformance to Standards and Performance Test Data:

a. For a product covered by a RD Telecommunications Program specification the manufacturer needs to certify that the product complies with all applicable paragraphs of such specification. See the product specific acceptance procedures for specifications for which the RD Telecommunications Program expects compliance for specific products.

b. When a RD Telecommunications Program specification does not cover the product, the manufacturer should list all appropriate nationally recognized standards and the issue dates of such documents that the product complies with.

c. All products must be performance tested for its advertised capabilities and for compliance with applicable RD Telecommunications Program or industry specifications prior to submittal for RD Telecommunications Program acceptance. The test results must be submitted, specifically those that warrants your product performance claims.

4. RD Buy American - For each product application submitted for RD Telecommunications Program product acceptance as a domestic product, the manufacturer must include a signed certification by an authorized company representative stating that the product, as sold to RD Telecommunications borrowers, complies with the following two domestic origin manufacture provisions:

a. Final assembly or manufacture of the product, as the product would be used by an Telecommunications Program borrower, is completed in the United States or eligible countries (currently, Mexico, Canada and Israel); and

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 9 of 168

b. The cost of United States and eligible countries' components (in any combination) within the product is more than 50 percent of the total cost of all components (articles, materials or supplies directed incorporated in the product) utilized in the product. The cost of non-domestic components (components not manufactured within the United States or eligible countries) which are included in the finished product must include all duties, taxes, and delivery charges to the point of assembly or manufacture. For products no meeting the two domestic origin manufacture provisions shown above the applicant should request “Technical Acceptance” of products of non-domestic origin manufacture.

For products no meeting the two domestic origin manufacture provisions shown above the applicant should request “Technical Acceptance” of products of non-domestic origin manufacture.

5. Written Field Performance Testimony - The application should include a minimum of three (3) letters of testimony for each product for which acceptance is requested. The product must be used in a revenue-generating service environment. The user of the product does not necessarily have to be an RD Telecommunications Program borrower, but should have at least six (6) months of operating experience with the product in an environment germane to the product's intended use. A letter of testimony needs to include name of the person giving testimony, title, mailing and e-mail address, and a telephone number. These letters need to be written and signed by someone who is familiar with the performance of the product(s).

The letters need to address, when applicable, the following items in detailed summary versus one line statements. Details about the product’s performance in the user’s network should be included:

a. The number of systems deployed and date when each system was installed and cut over into service.

b. It should address the reasons for deploying the equipment, the current system capacity being used in terms of subscribers, circuits, data through-put, services, and the ultimate capacity of the system, as deployed. For central office equipment include the numbers of A links in service.

c. The problems found during acceptance testing, a description of the nature of the problems, the status of such problems, and the responsiveness of the manufacture in correcting the problems.

d. The problems experienced since installation, such as failed cards or any operational failures, causing service interruptions, or any other type. If there were problems, please describe them and how these were or are being corrected.

e. The strengths and weaknesses of the equipment deployed.

f. State whether you plan to purchase more of this equipment and/or recommend this system.

g. Include any other comments regarding this product that you would like to offer.

h. If the product has undergone performance testing or field trials, please provide, if available in electronic format, one copy of the evaluation report, analysis, summary, etc.

6. Miscellaneous - Any extensive material not specifically requested in these Listing Procedures, but felt by the applicant to be germane, may also be included in the application.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 10 of 168

To facilitate our processing the application should follow the following outline: I. Application

Cover Letter – company letterhead formally requesting to be accepted addressed to: Norberto Esteves, Chairman, Technical Standards, Committee "A" (Telecommunications) Product List Company Overview Company Contact

II. Description and Support General Product Description Sales Brochure Warranty Return & Repair Policy Price List

III. Manuals User Manual

IV. Standards & Testing Standards Technical Specifications Data Sheets Testing Data

Test Report 1 Test Report 2 Test Report 3

V. Buy American Buy American Letter (attached)

VI. Testimony Letters Letter 1 Letter 2 Letter 3

VII. Miscellaneous Miscellaneous

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 11 of 168

U.S. Department of Agriculture

Rural utilities Service Rural Development Utilities Programs - Telecommunications

Buy American Certification __________________________________

With respect to compliance with the second paragraph of the Rural Electrification Act of 1938, being Title IV of the Work Relief and Public Works Appropriation Act of

1938 (Public Resolution No. 122, 75th Congress, approved June 21, 1938.)

__________________________________

The undersigned does hereby certify that the products listed below or in an attached list, as the product(s) is (are) sold to RUS Telecommunications borrowers, complies with the following two domestic origin manufacture provisions:

a. Final assembly or manufacture of the product(s), as the product(s) would be used by an RUS Telecommunications borrower, is completed in the United States or eligible countries (currently, Mexico, Canada and Israel); and

b. The cost of United States and eligible countries1 components (in any combination) within the product is more than 50 percent of the total cost of all components utilized in the product. The cost of non-domestic components (components not manufactured within the United States2 or eligible countries) which are included in the finished product must include all duties, taxes, and delivery charges to the point of assembly or manufacture.

For purposes of this certificate, an “eligible country” is any country that applies with respect to the United States an agreement ensuring reciprocal access for United States products and services and suppliers to the markets of that country, as determined by the United States Trade Representative.

Products

Company

Signature

Printed Name

Title

Date 1

United States means United States, its territories and possessions. 2

A current list of eligible countries may be obtained by contacting RUS.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 12 of 168

i 01-30-2009

Index

Item A Designation Page Access equipment ...................................................................................... ae ....................................... 5.1 Anchors, guy - expanding and plate ........................................................... z ......................................... 6.2 Anchors, guy - drive-type ............................................................................ z ......................................... 6.2 Anchors, guy - swamp and rock .................................................................. z ......................................... 6.2.1 Arresters, gas tube ..................................................................................... nh ....................................... 4.4 Arresters, secondary power . ...................................................................... gi ........................................ 4.5 Arresters, solid-state . ................................................................................. nh ....................................... 4.4

• gas tube . ....................................................................................... nh-a .................................... 4.4 • solid-state . ..................................................................................... nh-b .................................... 4.4

B Blocks, terminal, for use in pedestals…………………………………….... sh ....................................... 4.6 Bolts, angle, thimble-eye…………………………………………………….. ba ....................................... 6.13 Bolts, machine………………………………………………………………... c ......................................... 6.13 Bolts, straight, thimble-eye…………………………………………………….. ao ....................................... 6.13 Building entrance terminal (BET) ................................................................ ni…………………………….4.1

• Protected, fuseless, well mount, carbon………………………….. ni-a ..................................... 4.1 • Protected, fuseless, module, carbon……………………………… ni-b ..................................... 4.1 • Protected, fuseless, well mount, gas………………………..............ni-c ..................................... 4.1.1 • Protected, fuseless, module, gas………………………………….. ni-d ..................................... 4.1.2

C Cable, buried (Expanded Insulation-Filled) ................................................. sc ....................................... 1.1.1 Cable, buried (Filled) ................................................................................... sc ....................................... 1.1 Cable, fiber optic ......................................................................................... oc ....................................... 1.5 Cable fiber optic,

• slack organizer ............................................................................... oco ..................................... 2.11 Cable, terminating (TIP) .............................................................................. ct ........................................ 1.2 Cases, splice closures ................................................................................ pl ........................................ 2.1 Clamps,

• suspension ..................................................................................... mz ...................................... 6.15 • drop wire ........................................................................................ mk ...................................... 6.3 • ground rod and pipe (indoors) ........................................................ aj ........................................ 6.4 • ground rod and pipe (outdoors) ..................................................... aj ........................................ 6.4.1 • guy .................................................................................................. u ........................................ 6.14

Conduit, underground ................................................................................. hc ....................................... 2.2 Connectors

• splicing……………………………………………………………….…cm ....................................... 3.1.2 • shield bonding ............................................................................... gh ....................................... 3.1 • Copper Cable and Wire ................................................................ gh-a .................................... 3.1 • Armored Fiber Optic Cable ........................................................... gh-b .................................... 3.1 • grounding ...................................................................................... me ...................................... 6.5

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 13 of 168

ii 01-30-2009

D damage repair kits ............................................................................... drk ...................................... 2.10

E Enclosures

• lashed cables ................................................................................. er ........................................ 2.3 • strand-mounted, two-branch entrances(for lashed cables) .......... er ........................................ 2.3.1

Equipment • access .......................................................................................... ae ....................................... 5.1 • power service protection ............................................................... gg ....................................... 4.3 • transport ........................................................................................ te ........................................ 5.2

G Guards

• buried service ................................................................................. am ...................................... 6.6 • cable, plastic .................................................................................. wg ...................................... 6.8 • cable split metal ............................................................................. sl ........................................ 6.7 • riser ................................................................................................ sg ................... ................... 6.8

Guy • hooks .............................................................................................. br ...................... ................. 6.15 • lift plates ......................................................................................... bk ..................... ................. 6.15

H Handholes ................................................................................................... hh .................................. .... 2.4 Harnesses, bonding connector ................................................................... gs .................................. .... 3.3

• #6 AWG Stranded Harness Wires ................................................. gs-a ............................... .... 3.3 • #6 AWG Braid ................................................................................ gs-b ............................... .... 3.3 • #14 AWG Insulated Harness Wires ............................................... gs-a ............................... .... 3.3.1 • #6 AWG Insulated Harness Wires ................................................. gs-b ............................... .... 3.3.1

Harnesses, shield connector isolation ........................................................ gt ..................................... .. 3.3.2 Housings, buried plant ................................................................................ se ....................................... 2.5

• Type BD Pedestals (Type H) ......................................................... se ....................................... 2.5 • Type BD Pedestals (Type M) ................................................ se ....................................... 2.5.1 • Type BDS Serving Area Interface cabinet ..................................... se ....................................... 2.5.2

Housings, central office slice housing ......................................................... sj ........................................ 2.5.3 • for Copper Cables ......................................................................... sj-a ..................................... 2.5.3 • housings & racks for fiber optic cables .......................................... sj-b ..................................... 2.5.3

Housings, fiber optic splice case ................................................................. se ....................................... 2.5.2 L Locknuts ...................................................................................................... ek .................................. .... 6.15

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 14 of 168

iii 01-30-2009

M Markers, cable ............................................................................................. tm .................................. .... 3.2 Manholes, precast ....................................................................................... hm ................................. .... 2.7 N Network Elements ....................................................................................... ene ..................................... 5.5 Network interface devices ........................................................................... nid ...................................... 4.7 Networks, wireless ...................................................................................... wn ...................................... 5.4 Numbers, pole ............................................................................................. az ....................................... 6.9 Nuts, regular, square .................................................................................. px ....................................... 6.16 0 Optical fiber cable ...................................................................................... oc ....................................... 1.5 Fiber Cable Slack Organizer ....................................................................... oco ..................................... 2.11 P Pedestal, inserts, restricted access ............................................................ sk ....................................... 2.5.5 Pedestals (housings, buried plant) .............................................................. se ....................................... 2.5 Posts, mobile home ..................................................................................... sd ....................................... 2.8 Power Back-up ........................................................................................ pb ...................................... 4.8 Protectors, mainframe, carbon .................................................................... nm ...................................... 4.2 Protectors, mainframe, gas ......................................................................... nm ...................................... 4.2 Protectors, mainframe, solid-state .............................................................. nm ...................................... 4.2 Protectors, power service, 125/250 volts .................................................... gg ....................................... 4.3 R Rods, anchor ............................................................................................... x ......................................... 6.1 " ground .............................................................................................. ai ........................................ 6.10 S Sealer, buried plant housing ....................................................................... ps ....................................... 2.6 " duct .................................................................................................. sp ....................................... 2.6 Screws, lag ............................................................................. ................... j .......................................... 6.14 Sleeves, filled plastic .................................................................................. sv ....................................... 3.4 Strand, suspension and guy.................................................... …… ........... y ......................................... 6.11 Straps, reinforcement, suspension clamp ................................................... nb ....................................... 6.16 Switching equipment, digital, stored program ............................................. pc ....................................... 5.3 T Terminals, wire, pole-mounted .................................................................... wt ....................................... 2.9 Thimble-eye nuts ......................................................................................... ab ....................................... 6.14 Transport equipment ................................................................................... te ........................................ 5.2

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 15 of 168

iv 01-30-2009

W Warning signs, stakes and numerals, buried plant ..................................... sm ...................................... 3.5 Washers ...................................................................................................... d ......................................... 7.14 Wireless Networks ...................................................................................... wn ...................................... 5.4 Wires, aerial service .................................................................................... nt ........................................ 1.4 " buried, filled ..................................................................................... sa ....................................... 1.3 " cable lashing .................................................................................... nw ...................................... 6.12

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 16 of 168

v 01-05

Index

Item Designation Description ............................................................................................ Page c ............................. Bolts, machine .................................................................................... .......... 6.13 d ............................. Washers .............................................................................................. .......... 6.14 i .............................. Bolts, carriage ..................................................................................... .......... * j .............................. Screws, lag ......................................................................................... .......... 6.14 u ............................. Guy clamps ......................................................................................... .......... 6.14 x ............................. Rods, anchor ....................................................................................... .......... 6.1 y ............................. Strand, suspension and guy ............................................................... .......... 6.11 z ............................. Anchors, guy ....................................................................................... .......... 6.2 aa .............................. Oval eye nuts ...................................................................................... .......... * ab .............................. Thimble-eye nuts ................................................................................ .......... 6.14 ae .............................. Access equipment ............................................................................... .......... 5.1 ai ............................... Rods, ground ...................................................................................... .......... 6.10 aj ............................... Clamps, ground rod and pipe ............................................................ .......... 6.4 al ............................... Ground wire staples and nails ........................................................... .......... * am ............................. Guards, buried service ........................................................................ .......... 6.6 ao .............................. Bolts, straight, thimble-eye.................................................................. .......... 6.13 ap .............................. Repellent, ant ...................................................................................... .......... * ar ............................... Alarm reporting systems ..................................................................... .......... * at ............................... Guy guards ......................................................................................... .......... * az .............................. Numbers, pole .................................................................................... .......... 6.9 ba .............................. Bolts, angle, thimble-eye .................................................................... .......... 6.13 bj ............................... Compensators, junction impedance ................................................... .......... * bk .............................. Guy lift plates ..................................................................................... .......... 6.15 bl ............................... Steel support brackets ........................................................................ .......... * bm ............................. Guy thimble ........................................................................................ .......... * bo .............................. Capacitors, building-out ...................................................................... .......... * br ............................... Guy hooks .......................................................................................... .......... 6.15 btc ............................. Coaxial cable ..................................................................................... .......... * cb .............................. Conductor bundle bags ....................................................................... .......... * cc .............................. Cable, switchboard ............................................................................. .......... * cd .............................. Posts, (Concrete) buried plant housings ............................................. .......... * cm ............................. Connectors, splicing ............................................................................ .......... 3.1.2 ct ............................... Cable, terminating (TIP) ..................................................................... .......... 1.2 cw ............................. Cable, inside wiring ............................................................................. .......... * df ............................... False deadends .................................................................................. .......... * dm ............................. Permanent cable identification markers .............................................. .......... * drk ............................. Damage Repair Kits ............................................................................ .......... 2.10 dz .............................. Guy wire clips ...................................................................................... .......... * ec .............................. Carrier equipment ............................................................................... .......... * ef ............................... Repeaters, voice frequency ................................................................ .......... * ek .............................. Locknuts .............................................................................................. .......... 6.15 em ............................. Extenders, central office loop with VF repeater .................................. .......... * ene ............................ Electronic network elements ............................................................... .......... 5.5 *Item no longer listed.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 17 of 168

vi 01-30-2009

ep .............................. Concentrators, electronic subscriber line ............................................ .......... * er ............................... Enclosures, ready-access, cable ........................................................ .......... 2.3 et ............................... Trunk circuits, electronic ..................................................................... .......... * ex .............................. Extenders, central office loop ............................................................. .......... * gf ............................... Fittings, sidewalk guy .......................................................................... .......... * gg .............................. Protectors, power service ................................................................... .......... 4.3 gh .............................. Connectors, shield bonding ................................................................ .......... 3.1 gh-a ........................... Connectors, Copper Cable and Wire .................................................. .......... 3.1 gh-b ........................... Connectors, Armored Fiber Optic Cable ............................................. .......... 3.1 gi ............................... Arresters, secondary power ................................................................ .......... 4.5 gm ............................. Equipment, microwave ........................................................................ .......... * gr ............................... Generator, ringing ............................................................................... .......... * gs .............................. Harnesses, bonding connector ........................................................... .......... 3.3 gs-a ........................... Harnesses, bonding connector - #6 AWG Stranded Harness Wires .. .......... 3.3 gs-b ........................... Harnesses, bonding connector - #6 AWG Braid ................................. .......... 3.3 gs-a ........................... Harnesses, bonding connector - #14 AWG Insulated Harness Wires .......... 3.3.1 gs-b ........................... Harnesses, bonding connector - #6 AWG Insulated Harness Wires .. .......... 3.3.1 gt ............................... Harnesses, shield connector isolation ................................................ .......... 3.3.2 hb .............................. Bend, cast iron .................................................................................... .......... * hc .............................. Conduit, underground ......................................................................... .......... 2.2 hd .............................. Hooks, underground cable .................................................................. .......... * he .............................. Cap, cast iron ...................................................................................... .......... * hh .............................. Handholes ........................................................................................... .......... 2.4 hi ............................... Irons, pulling-in .................................................................................... .......... * hk .............................. Sump, manhole ................................................................................... .......... * hl ............................... Plugs, conduit ..................................................................................... .......... * hm ............................. Manholes, precast ............................................................................... .......... 2.7 hr ............................... Racks, underground cable .................................................................. .......... * hs .............................. Supports, cable rack ........................................................................... .......... * ht ............................... Covers and frames, manholes ............................................................ .......... * lt ................................ Lightwave digital transmission systems, Asynchronous ..................... .......... * " " " " Synchronous ...................... .......... * lts .............................. Layer Three Switch ............................................................................. .......... 5.5 md ............................. Brackets, house .................................................................................. .......... * me ............................. Connectors, grounding ........................................................................ .......... 6.5 mg ............................. Drive hooks ......................................................................................... .......... * mh ............................. Hardware, modular telephone set ....................................................... .......... * mi .............................. Drop wire support ................................................................................ .......... * mj .............................. Drop wire clip ...................................................................................... .......... * mk ............................. Clamps, drop wire ............................................................................... .......... 6.3 mm ............................ Drive rings ........................................................................................... .......... * mo ............................. Angle screw ........................................................................................ .......... * mu ............................. Sleeves, splicing ................................................................................. .......... * mx ............................. Steel pole steps .................................................................................. .......... * my ............................. Drop wire hooks .................................................................................. .......... * mz ............................. Cable suspension clamps ................................................................... .......... 6.15 *Item no longer listed.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 18 of 168

vii 01-30-2009

na .............................. Cable, aerial and underground ........................................................... .......... * nb .............................. Suspension clamp reinforcement straps ............................................. .......... 6.16 nc .............................. Cable extension arms ......................................................................... .......... * nd .............................. Metal pole keys ................................................................................... .......... * ne .............................. Bridle rings .......................................................................................... .......... * nh .............................. Arresters, gas tube .............................................................................. .......... 4.4 ni ............................... Building entrance terminal (BET) – Protected .................................... .......... 4.1 nid ............................. Network interface devices ................................................................... .......... 4.7 nm ............................. Protectors, mainframe ......................................................................... .......... 4.2 no .............................. Coils, loading ...................................................................................... .......... * np .............................. Clamps, cable ..................................................................................... .......... * nq .............................. Wires, ground ...................................................................................... .......... * ns .............................. Span clamps ....................................................................................... .......... * nt ............................... Wires, aerial service ............................................................................ .......... 1.4 nu .............................. Wires, bridle ........................................................................................ .......... * nw ............................. Wires, cable lashing ............................................................................ .......... 6.12 ny .............................. Spacers, cable .................................................................................... .......... * nz .............................. Supports, lashed cable ....................................................................... .......... * oc .............................. Cable, fiber optic ................................................................................. .......... 1.5 oco ............................ Fiber cable slack organizer ................................................................. .......... 2.11 pa .............................. Blocks, pressure, in-line ...................................................................... .......... * pb .............................. Power Back-up .................................................................................... .......... 4.8 pc .............................. Switching equipment, digital, stored program ..................................... .......... 5.3 pg .............................. Porcelain insulated screweyes ........................................................... .......... * ph .............................. Screw anchors .................................................................................... .......... * pk .............................. Moisture blocks ................................................................................... .......... * pl ............................... Cases (Closures), splice ..................................................................... .......... 2.1 pn .............................. Straps, riser guard .............................................................................. .......... * pr ............................... Blocks, pressure, by-pass ................................................................... .......... * ps .............................. Sealer, buried plant housing ............................................................... .......... 2.6 pt ............................... Vinyl tape ............................................................................................ .......... * pv .............................. Arresters, lightning .............................................................................. .......... * pw ............................. Detachable pole steps ........................................................................ .......... * px .............................. Regular square nuts ............................................................................ .......... 6.16 py .............................. Lashing wire terminal clamps ............................................................. .......... * *Item no longer listed.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 19 of 168

viii 01-05

ra ............................... Telephone sets ................................................................................... .......... * ra ............................... Telephone, pay station ........................................................................ .......... * rb ............................... Ringers, main station .......................................................................... .......... * rb ............................... Ringers, compact ................................................................................ .......... * rd ............................... Ringers, loud ringing ........................................................................... .......... * re ............................... Booths, pay station ............................................................................. .......... * rg ............................... Wires, station ...................................................................................... .......... * rh ............................... Blocks, connector ................................................................................ .......... * rm .............................. Radiotelephone equipment, mobile and fixed .................................... .......... * rp ............................... Repellent, rodent ................................................................................. .......... * sa .............................. Wires, buried, filled ............................................................................. .......... 1.3 sc .............................. Cable, buried (Filled) ........................................................................... .......... 1.1 sc .............................. Cable, buried (Expanded Insulation - Filled) ....................................... .......... 1.1.1 sd .............................. Posts, mobile home ............................................................................ .......... 2.8 se .............................. Housings, buried plant ........................................................................ .......... 2.5 sf ............................... Locator, buried splice .......................................................................... .......... * sg .............................. Guards, riser ....................................................................................... .......... 6.8 sh .............................. Blocks, terminal, for use in pedestals ................................................. .......... 4.6 si ............................... Isolator, bridged tap ............................................................................ .......... * sj ............................... Housings, central office splice for copper and fiber cables ................ .......... 2.5.3 sj ............................... Housings, central office splice with patch panels for fiber optic cables ......... 2.5.4 sk .............................. Pedestal, inserts, restricted access .................................................... .......... 2.5.5 sl ............................... Guards, cable, split metal ................................................................... .......... 6.7 sm ............................. Warning signs, stakes and numerals, buried plant ............................. .......... 3.5 sms ........................... Subscriber management system ........................................................ .......... 5.6 sp .............................. Sealer, duct ......................................................................................... .......... 2.6 st ............................... Spacer tape ......................................................................................... .......... * sv .............................. Sleeves, filled plastic ........................................................................... .......... 3.4 tc ............................... Telephone cords ................................................................................. .......... * tc ............................... Cable ties ............................................................................................ .......... * te ............................... Transport equipment ........................................................................... .......... 5.2 tm .............................. Markers, cable .................................................................................... .......... 3.2 tp ............................... Converters, tone-to-pulse ................................................................... .......... * tt ................................ Toll ticketing system ............................................................................ .......... * wf .............................. Cable, self-supporting ......................................................................... .......... * wg ............................. Guards, cable, plastic ......................................................................... .......... 6.8 wk ............................. Clamps, support, Figure 8 distribution wire ........................................ .......... * wl .............................. Wireless local loop systems ................................................................ .......... * wn ............................. Wireless networks ............................................................................... .......... 5.4 wp ............................. Posts (Wooden) buried plant housings ............................................... .......... * wt .............................. Terminals, wire, pole-mounted ........................................................... .......... 2.9 wu ............................. Enclosures, ready-access, MPDW ..................................................... .......... * wy ............................. Terminals, connection, support wire-mounted .................................... .......... * za .............................. Filler tape ............................................................................................ .......... * ze .............................. Sealing compound .............................................................................. .......... * zz .............................. Poles, pressure treatment ................................................................... .......... * zz .............................. Poles, thermal treatment ..................................................................... .......... * *Item no longer listed.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 20 of 168

02-05 Item Designation Page Cable, buried (Expanded Insulation-Filled) .................................... sc ................................................. 1.1.1 Cable, buried (Filled) ...................................................................... sc ................................................. 1.1 Cable fiber optic ............................................................................. oc ................................................. 1.5 Cable fiber optic, Unit Core or Central Core Tube Fiber Core Construction ......... oc-a .............................................. 1.5 Cable fiber optic, Gel Filled Multiple Loose Tube Core Construction ................... oc-b .............................................. 1.5.1 Cable fiber optic, Self-Supporting Filled Fiber Optic Cables ................................. oc-c .............................................. 1.5.2 Cable fiber optic Dry Filled Multiple Loose Tube Fiber Core Construction .......... oc-d .............................................. 1.5.3 Cable, terminating (TIP) ................................................................ ct .................................................. 1.2 Wires, aerial service ....................................................................... nt .................................................. 1.4 Wires, buried filled ......................................................................... sa ................................................. 1.3

ORDERING INFORMATION When ordering wire and cable having a standard RUS Unit Designation, this designation must be specified with the appropriate suffix or combinations of suffixes to indicate the type to be supplied. For example, filled cable with gopher-resistant shield containing copper and having compartmental cores (Screened) would be designated "BFCYH.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 21 of 168

1.1.1 01-31-2011

sc sc - Buried Cable

Cables listed below comply with 7 CFR 1755.390 or 1755.890.

Manufacturer Name PE-39 PE-89 Accepted Cables Suffixes

General Cable (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

X  X(6)  PE‐__39‐AL  A(1) 

X  X(6)  PE‐__39‐CU5  C(1) 

X  X(6)  PE‐__39‐CBS  Y(1) 

X  X(6)  PE‐__39‐CAC  X(1) 

X  X(6)  __(3)T1  H(1) 

X  X(6)  __(3)T1C  H1C(2) 

         

Nacional De Conductores Eléctricos (Condumex)(5)  

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

X  X(6)  AM__(12)C A(1) 

X  X(6)  AM__(12)Q Y(1) 

X  X(6)  AM__(12)D X(1)          

Superior Essex(15) 

(BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

X    CAAPIC™ ‐F  X   X  CAAPIC™ ‐ FSF  X 

X    CASPIC‐F  X(2) 

  X(7)  CASPIC‐FSF  X(2) 

X    CUPIC‐F  C(2) 

X    GOPIC‐F  Y(2) 

X    SEALPIC‐F  A(2) 

  X(7)  SEALPIC‐FSF  A(1)          

Teldor Cables & Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

 

X    F4110_ _ _‐D(13)  A(2) 

X    F4163_ _ _‐D(13)  A(2) 

  X  F41100_ _ _‐D(14)  A(2) 

  X  F4237_ _ ‐D(14)  A(2) 

See notes and suffices on page 1.1.2.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 22 of 168

1.1.2 10-16-2009 sc Suffixes Coated Aluminum Shield  A 5 Mil Copper Shield  C Gopher‐Resistant Shield Containing Copper  Y Gopher‐Resistant Shield/Armor Design  X Screened Cable for T1 Carrier  H Screened Cable for T1C Carrier  H1C Pre‐connectorized Cable 100 pairs & greater  P

Notes:

  (1)  Available in 19 through 26 AWG conductor sizes.   (2)  Available in 19 through 24 AWG conductor sizes.   (3)  Replace blank with manufacturer's catalog designation shown in the listing for suffixes A through X.   (4)  Replace blank with manufacturer's catalog designation shown in the listing for suffixes A through 

H1C.   (5)  Not accepted for 19 AWG conductor sizes.   (6)  Accepted for only foam/skin.   (7)  Accepted for foam and foam/skin. (10)  Replace the blank with the letters AR, CR, JR, or WR to specify shield type. (11)  Replace blank with either the letter F or the letters SF to specify conductor insulation type. (12)  Replace blank with either the letter A, M, or T to specify conductor AWG size. (13)  Gel Filled, 8mil thick Al shielded, LLDPE jacket, 6 pr. – 1500pr. (14)  Gel Filled, 8mil thick Al shielded, LLDPE jacket, 6 pr. – 1800pr. (15)  Listed cables sold also under the LS Cable name.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 23 of 168

1.2 01-31-2011 ct

ct - Terminating Cable(1) These manufacturers' cables shown by X's comply with 7 CFR 1755.870. Manufacturer RUS Standard Designation Suffixes A P General Cable X - (BA expires: Jan. 2012.)

Suffixes: Coated Aluminum ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ A Pre-connectorized Cable 100 pairs and greater ---------------------------------------------------------------------- P Notes: (1)To be supplied in only 22 and 24 AWG sizes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 24 of 168

1.3 01-31-2011

sa

sa - Filled Buried Wires These manufacturers' filled buried wires shown by catalog designations comply with 7 CFR 1755.860. Manufacturer Catalog Designation RUS Standard Designations: Distribution(1) SEB (service)(2) RUS Standard Suffixes: N Y N Y

General Cable BFWN BFWY BFWN BFWY (BA expires: Jan. 2012.) 

Superior/Essex BDW-B BDW-G-CSC BDW-B BDW-G-CSC

(BA expires: Jan. 2012.) - - BDWB-DF(3) BDWG-DF(3) Suffixes: Copper Alloy 220 (Bronze) Shield --------------------------------------- N Gopher-Resistant Shield --------------------------------------------------- Y Notes:

(1) Available in 22 and 24 AWG conductor sizes. (2) Available only in 22 AWG conductor size. (3) Wire uses a “Water Blocking Powder” in place of a “Gel Compound” as the filling compound

surrounding the twisted pairs in the wire core.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 25 of 168

1.4 01-31-2011 nt

nt - Aerial Service Wires

RUS Standard Designation "SEA"

These manufacturers' wires shown by catalog designations comply with 7 CFR 1755.700 through 7 CFR 1755.704

nt-a Copper Covered Steel Reinforced (CCSR) Aerial Service Wires

Manufacturer Catalog Designations Standard Reduced Super-Reduced oval dumbbell oval dumbbell oval dumbbell General Cable - ADR-182-PVC - - - - (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Superior Essex ADP ADP-D - - ADP/SR ADP/SR-D (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

nt-b Nonmetallic Reinforced (NMR) Aerial Service Wires

Manufacturer Catalog Designations 2-Pair 3-Pair 5-Pair 6-Pair General Cable 2 TPR 22 AWG GSDW - - 6 TPR 22 AWG GSDW (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Superior Essex 2X22 ADP NMS 3X22 ADP NMS 5X22 ADP NMS 6X22 ADP NMS (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 26 of 168

1.5 08-31-2010

oc oc – Fiber Optic Cable

Cables for backbone, feeder and distribution comply with 7 CFR 1755.902 and service entrance cables comply with 7 CFR 1577.903.  Cables must be used only for intended application per product datasheet.  For cable installation, users must follow the manufacturer’s practices. Borrowers are expected to obtain the manufacturer’s documentation for proper use.  Please note that RUS does not recommend the use of Gel‐free cables for used in buried applications in coastal areas where cables may be exposed to brackish water.  Also, RUS recommends that cable locking loops be used on installations of Gel‐free Ribbon Cables.  Notes are found on page 1.5.6. Manufacturer names and accepted fibers Accepted Cables (1) 1755.

902 1755.903

Cable Design

ADC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

RealFlex™ 3 & 5 Drop Cables( acceptance is conditional for indoor/outdoor, riser and plenum cable types for use in residential, business or multiple dwelling unit (MDU) structures) OmniReach® FTTX Solutions Hybrid Cables (acceptance is conditional for use with RUS listed drop cables)

 

AFL (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Accepted for dispersion‐unshifted and dispersion‐shifted single mode optical fibers.  Also accepted for 50/125 and 62.5/125 micrometer multimode optical fibers.

Dielectric__(Pure) Uni‐Tube MicroCore(2, 7)  x a AFL ADSS Mini‐Span Series  x c, e AFL Loose Tube Cable   x d AFL Armored Loose Tube Cable  x d                                    

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 27 of 168

1.5.1 01-31-2011 oc

oc – Fiber Optic Cable

Cables for backbone, feeder and distribution comply with 7 CFR 1755.902 and service entrance cables comply with 7 CFR 1577.903.  Cables must be used only for intended application per product datasheet.  For cable installation, users must follow the manufacturer’s practices. Borrowers are expected to obtain the manufacturer’s documentation for proper use.  Please note that RUS does not recommend the use of Gel‐free cables for used in buried applications in coastal areas where cables may be exposed to brackish water.  Also, RUS recommends that cable locking loops be used on installations of Gel‐free Ribbon Cables.  Notes are found on page 1.5.6. CommScope/Systimax Solutions (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

 Accepted for:   Single‐Mode Fiber: ‐Zero water peak dispersion‐unshifted (8W) ‐Non‐zero dispersion‐shifted (8T) ‐Non‐zero dispersion‐shifted for wideband optical transport (8R) ‐Enhanced Low Macrobending, low water peak, dispersion‐unshifted (8F)   MultiMode Fiber: ‐OptiSPEED®, 62.5 μm (6F) ‐LazrSPEED® 150, 50 μm (5M) ‐LazrSPEED® 300, 50 μm (5L) ‐LazrSPEED® 550, 50 μm (5K)  XY = fiber type = 8W, 8T, 8R, 8F, 6F, 5M, 5L, or 5K 

M‐XXX‐DN‐XY‐FZZNS/GSM/40T XXX=001‐012 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Arid Core) (5) 

x a, c

M‐XXX‐MN‐XY‐FZZNS/CCS XXX=001‐006 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐06 Fibers (Arid Core) (5) 

  x  a, c 

M‐XXX‐MN‐XY‐FZZNS/25G/109 XXX=001‐006 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐06 Fibers (Arid Core) (5) 

  x  a, c 

O‐XXX‐DA‐XY‐FZZNS XXX=001‐012 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Arid Core) (5) 

  x  a, g 

O‐XXX‐DF‐HY‐FZZNS/XYXXX/1X24AWG XXX=001‐012 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Arid Core, w/tone wire) (5, 14) 

  x  a, c, f 

O‐XXX‐DF‐XY‐FZZNS XXX=001‐012 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Arid Core) (5, 14) 

  x  a, c, e, f 

D‐XXX‐LN‐XY‐FZZNS XXX=002‐288 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Gel‐Free) (5) 

x    d, e 

D‐XXX‐LA‐XY‐FZZNS XXX=002‐288 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Gel‐Free) (5) 

x    d 

D‐XXX‐L2‐XY‐FZZNS XXX=002‐288 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Gel‐Free) (4) 

x    d 

O‐XXX‐LN‐XY‐FZZNS/25T XXX =002‐288 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Arid Core) (5,12) 

x    d*,e 

O‐XXX‐LA‐XY‐FZZNS/25T XXX=002‐288 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Arid Core) (5,12) 

x    d* 

O‐XXX‐L2‐XY‐FZZNS/25T XXX=002‐288 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Arid Core) (4,12) 

x    d* 

O‐XXX‐LN‐XY‐FZZNS XXX =002‐288 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Arid Core) (5,12) 

     

O‐XXX‐LA‐XY‐FZZNS XXX=002‐288 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Arid Core) (5,12) 

     

O‐XXX‐L2‐XY‐FZZNS XXX=002‐288 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐12 Fibers (Arid Core) (4,12) 

     

O‐XXX‐LN‐XY‐FZZNS XXX =290‐ 576  Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐24 Fibers (Arid Core) (5,12) 

     

O‐XXX‐LA‐XY‐FZZNS XXX=290‐ 576  Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐24 Fibers (Arid Core) (5,12) 

     

O‐XXX‐L2‐XY‐FZZNS XXX=290‐ 576 Fibers XY=Fiber Type ZZ=01‐24 Fibers (Arid Core) (4,12)       

       

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 28 of 168

1.5.2 01-31-2011

oc oc – Fiber Optic Cable

Cables for backbone, feeder and distribution comply with 7 CFR 1755.902 and service entrance cables comply with 7 CFR 1577.903.  Cables must be used only for intended application per product datasheet.  For cable installation, users must follow the manufacturer’s practices. Borrowers are expected to obtain the manufacturer’s documentation for proper use.  Please note that RUS does not recommend the use of Gel‐free cables for used in buried applications in coastal areas where cables may be exposed to brackish water.  Also, RUS recommends that cable locking loops be used on installations of Gel‐free Ribbon Cables.  Notes are found on page 1.5.6. Manufacturer names and accepted fibers Accepted Cables (1) 1755.

902 1755.903

Cable Design

Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

SMF‐28e (standard single‐mode)  LEAF (non‐zero dispersion shifted single‐mode)  NexCor (premium single‐mode)  InfiniCor (50/125 Multi‐mode and 62.5/125 Multi‐mode)

ALTOS® Figure‐8 Gel‐Free and Filled (Lite version included)  x    c, d, d* ALTOS® Filled and Gel Free (LST, LST Lite, and Lite versions included)  x    d, d* SOLO® All‐Dielectric Self Supporting (Includes ADSS Short Span & ADSS Medium Span) (15)  x    c, d, e SST‐Drop (Dielectric & Armored ‐ Toneable versions included) (14)    x  f, g SST‐Ribbon (Dielectric & Armored)  x    a SST‐Ribbon Gel Free  (Dielectric & Armored)  x    a* SST Ultra‐Ribbon (Dielectric & Armored)  x    a SST Ultra‐Ribbon Gel Free (Dielectric & Armored)  x    a* ALTOS® Figure‐8 Gel‐Free and Filled (Lite version included)  x    c, d, d* ROC Drop All‐Dielectric (Includes Toneable version) (14)    x  e, f* 

       

Draka Comteq (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Standard singlemode; Enhanced Singlemode; BendBright (XS); TeraLight Metro NZDSF; TeraLight Ultra NZDSF; NZDSF‐LA; BendBrightXS; BendBright Elite; 50um BB OM2+, OM3, & OM4 multimode; and 62.5um multimode fibers 

ezPREP� Loose Tube(14) includes versions  x       1.  Gel Tube  x     d, b 2.  Heavy Duty (12)  x     d, b 3.  Gel Free  x     d* 4.  Figure 8  x     c, d 

ezRIBBON� Central Tube (8, 9,14)  x     a ezRIBBON� Central Tube Gel Free (14)  x     a* ezRIBBON� Loose Tube Cable (11,14)  x     d ezSPAN�ADSS Short Span (14)  x     c, e, d ezSPAN�ADSS Long Span (15)  x     c, e, d ezUNITUBE�(14) – Includes ezMicroUnitube  x     a ezMICRODUCT� (7, 14, 15)  x     d ezPREP� Loose Tube | Central 600 (14)  x     a ezPREP� Loose Tube | Central 300 

1. Gel 2. Gel Free 

   x  a, a*, g 

ezDROP� Flat Dielectric     x  a, f, e ezDROP� Flat Toneable     x  a, f ezDROP� Figure 8     x  a 

   Emtelle

(ND Listing expires: May 31, 2011.) ITU‐T G.652d  ITU‐T G.655.A(B)(C) ITU‐T G.651 (multimode)

fibreflow™ Optical Fiber Unit System (10) 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 29 of 168

1.5.3 01-11-2011 oc

oc – Fiber Optic Cable

Cables for backbone, feeder and distribution comply with 7 CFR 1755.902 and service entrance cables comply with 7 CFR 1577.903.  Cables must be used only for intended application per product datasheet.  For cable installation, users must follow the manufacturer’s practices. Borrowers are expected to obtain the manufacturer’s documentation for proper use.  Please note that RUS does not recommend the use of Gel‐free cables for used in buried applications in coastal areas where cables may be exposed to brackish water.  Also, RUS recommends that cable locking loops be used on installations of Gel‐free Ribbon Cables.  Notes are found on page 1.5.6 Manufacturer names and accepted fibers Accepted Cables (1)  1755.

902 1755.903

Cable Design

Hitachi Cable (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Accepted only for dispersion‐unshifted and dispersion‐shifted single mode optical fibers.

60090      d 

60102(5)      d 

60298(4)      d 

          Miniflex (ND Listing expires: May 31, 2011.) Optical Fibre Protection System and FTTx Solution (16) 

 

OFS (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

OFS Single Mode Fibers: All Wave®, AllWave® FLEX ZWP, TrueWave® RS, Singlemode Low Water Peak (Contact OFS for Literature)  OFS Multi Mode Fibers: LaserWave™ (50 um), Laser Optimized Fiber 62.5/62.5XL, Standard 62.5um & 50um Multimode Fiber (Contact OFS for Literature)

LightPack® LXE x     a Mini C2™  x     a, a* AccuRibbon® DC  x     a* DryBlock & Fortex DT Single Jacket, Armored & Light‐Armored (12)

x     b, d, d* 

Figure 8 & Light Armor Figure 8 x     b, c PowerGuide® ADSS (4, 5) x     b, c, e PowerGuide® TTH (5, 15) x     b, c, e AccuRibbon® LXE x     a Mini LXE     x  a Dielectric Drop    x  a Mini LT (dielectric & toneable)    x  a, c, f Midia FX PLUS(5, 7, 15) x     b 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 30 of 168

1.5.4 02-28-2011

oc oc – Fiber Optic Cable

Cables for backbone, feeder and distribution comply with 7 CFR 1755.902 and service entrance cables comply with 7 CFR 1577.903.  Cables must be used only for intended application per product datasheet.  For cable installation, users must follow the manufacturer’s practices. Borrowers are expected to obtain the manufacturer’s documentation for proper use.  Please note that RUS does not recommend the use of Gel‐free cables for used in buried applications in coastal areas where cables may be exposed to brackish water.  Also, RUS recommends that cable locking loops be used on installations of Gel‐free Ribbon Cables.  Notes are found on page 1.5.6. Manufacturer names and accepted fibers Accepted Cables (1) 1755.

902 1755.903

Cable Design

Prysmian (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Accepted only for dispersion‐unshifted and dispersion‐shifted single mode optical fibers.

CentraLink™ (2, 14) (includes CD version)  x    a 

AeroLink™ ADSS (includes Short, Medium, and Long versions) 

x    c, d, e 

FlexLink™ (includes Armored version) (gel‐filled)  x    d FlexLink™ (includes Armored version) (gel‐free)  x    d* FusionLink™ XXXXYYSTRADESJB (Non‐Armored) Dry/Dry   x    a*,e FusionLink™ XXXXYYSTRADSAJB (Armored) Dry/Dry   x    a* FusionLink™ XXXXYYSTRABESJB (Non‐Armored) Gel filled   x    a, e FusionLink™ XXXXYYSTRABSAJB (Armored) Gel filled   x    a 

XXXXYYHNLADJNVK – ResiLink ADF™     x  c, f 

XXXXYYHNLTDJNVK – ResiLink TF™     x  f 

XXXXYYHNLEDJNVK – ResiLink™     x  c 

XXXXYYSTRAFEAJC ‐ MassLink RILT™(15)  x    d 

XXXXYYSTRAFESAC ‐ MassLink RILT™(15)  x    d 

XXXXYYSTRAFESJC ‐ MassLink RILT™(15)  x    d, e         

Remee Products (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Accepted for dispersion‐unshifted and dispersion‐shifted single mode optical fibers.  Also accepted for 50/125 and 62.5/125 micrometer multimode optical fibers. 

22 Series(5) (Contact Remee for literature on dry block designs, flooded designs on web) 

x  x  a, b, d 

23 Series(4) (Contact Remee for literature on dry block designs, flooded designs on web)  

x  x  a, b, d 

25 Series(4) (Contact Remee for literature on dry block designs, flooded designs on web) 

x  x  a, b, d 

28 Series (4)(5) (Contact Remee for literature on dry block designs, flooded designs on web) 

x  x  a, b, d 

83  Series(4)(5) (Contact Remee for literature on dry block designs, flooded designs on web) 

x  x  b, c, d 

88 Series (4)(5) (Contact Remee for literature on dry block designs, flooded designs on web) 

x  x  b, c, d 

       

Sterlite (ND Listing expires:  Feb‐2012.) 

 Accepted for ITU‐T G.652 & ITU‐T G.652D fibers

Multitube Fig‐8 Aerial  x    c Aerial‐Lite Dry Core ADSS   x    e All Dielectric Self Supporting  x    e 2 Fibre Unitube Unarmoured (14)    x  f Unitube Single Sheath Drop Lite (14)    x  f Multitube Single Sheath Duct Lite  x    b Single Sheath Steel Tape Armored Direct Buried  x    b Single Sheath Unarmoured Duct Lite  x    b Single Sheath MICRO LITE  x    b Multitube Fig‐8 Aerial  x    c Aerial‐Lite Dry Core ADSS   x    e 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 31 of 168

1.5.5 01-31-2011 oc

oc – Fiber Optic Cable

Cables for backbone, feeder and distribution comply with 7 CFR 1755.902 and service entrance cables comply with 7 CFR 1577.903.  Cables must be used only for intended application per product datasheet.  For cable installation, users must follow the manufacturer’s practices. Borrowers are expected to obtain the manufacturer’s documentation for proper use.  Please note that RUS does not recommend the use of Gel‐free cables for used in buried applications in coastal areas where cables may be exposed to brackish water.  Also, RUS recommends that cable locking loops be used on installations of Gel‐free Ribbon Cables.  Notes are found on page 1.5.6. Manufacturer names and accepted fibers Accepted Cables (1)  1755.

902 1755.903

Cable Design

Sumitomo Electric (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Accepted for dispersion‐unshifted fiber (PureBand and PureAccess) and dispersion‐shifted single mode optical fibers (PureGuide and PureMetro).  Also accepted for 50/125 and 62.5/125 micrometer multimode optical fibers. 

Litepipe� ADS� (Ribbon & Fiber Bundle) (9)  x    a Litepipe� Armorlux� (Ribbon& Fiber Bundle) (9)  x    a Litepipe� Armorlux� ‐ LE (2)  x    a DriCore��(4, 5, 14)  x    d DriTube (ribbon cable) (9)  x    a* SE‐*LW*, *LV*, *LG*,*LH*    x  f SE‐*LQ*(2)    x  a SE‐*DN*    x  f* PureDri (SE‐*V*,  SE‐*VK( 5,14), SE‐VE( 5,14) , SE‐VA( 4,14)) x    d*, e DriCore® Amorlux™ Extra  x  x  a 

       

Superior Essex (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Matched Clad (MC), FullBand® Low Water Peak, Allwave® Flex Zero Water Peak, AllWave® Zero Water Peak, Low Water Peak, LS Cable ITU‐T G.652.D optical fiber, ASMF 200 AFC, TeraLight,  SMF‐28 and 28e+, SMF‐LS, Leaf NZ‐DSF SMF, Dispersion‐unshifted SMF, PureBand, 62.5/125 µm, 50/125 µm. 

SLT‐F (Dielectric and armored)  x    a SLT‐5 (2) (Dielectric and armored)  x    a SLT‐R (Ribbon) (Dielectric and armored)  x    a SLT‐R (Dri‐Lite™) (Dielectric and armored)  x    a* Series S2 (Ribbon up to 1008)  x    d Series S1 (Ribbon up to 1008)  x    d, e MLT (12) (Dielectric and armored)  x    b,d,d*,e MLT‐8 (Dielectric and armored)  x    b,c,d,d* Universal FTTP OFNR    x  a, c, e, f Toneable FTTP OFCR    x  a, c, f ADP FTTP Series 57    x  a, c, f Buried FTTP Composite Series 72    x  a, g Universal Drop FTTP Series 570Q    x  a, c, e, f UG FTTP Series 513    x  a, e, g Buried FTTP Series 523    x  a, g Toneable Drop FTTP Series 571Q    x  a, c, f Figure 8 FTTP Series 573Q    x  a, c, g Dri‐Lite (ribbon cable)(9)  x    a* 

  Teldor Cables & Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Accepted for ITU‐T Single Mode & Multi Mode fibers and for 62.5u Multi Mode fibers 

FTX series ‐ Microduct FO cables for FTTX applications (15) 

x    d 

LD series ‐ MultiLoose Tube fiber Optic Cables  x    b, c, d ADS series ‐ All Dielectric Self‐Supporting fiber Optic Cables (15) 

x    c, d, e 

SL series ‐ Central Loose Tube fiber Optic Cables  x    a 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 32 of 168

1.5.6 06-04-2010

oc

Cable Designs Description

a Unit Core or Central Core, Gel‐Filleda* Unit Core or Central Core, Gel‐Free  b Multiple‐Loose‐Tube, Gel‐Filled‐Buffer Tubes with Gel‐Filled Cored Multiple‐Loose‐Tube, Gel‐Filled‐Buffer Tubes with Dry Cored* Multiple‐Loose‐Tube, Gel‐Free Cablec Self‐Supporting e All‐Dielectric f Flat Drop Cable g Round Drop Cable 

* ‐ Indicates Cable Designs that are fully dry (gel‐free) using water blocking elements throughout. NOTES: 

(1) Cable meeting 7 CFR 1755.902 for backbone, feeder and distribution may be used for drops, as recommended by the manufacturer. 

(2)  RSM (radial strength member) not embedded in jacket; surrounds central core tube. (3)  Replace blank with the number 1 or 2. (4)  Double jacketed design. (5)  Single jacketed design. (6)  Replace blank with either the letter M or H. (7)  For air blown microduct cable for use in micro ducts. (8)  Toneable ribbon cable accepted (9)  Acceptance includes less than 288 count and high count (288‐432) 24 fiber split‐able ribbons. (10)  Users must follow manufacturer’s installation requirements and method. Blown fiber system is accepted through 7 

CFR 1755.900, section 1.4 Optical cable designs not specifically addressed by this specification may be allowed if accepted by RUS.  Justification for acceptance of a modified design must be provided to substantiate product utility and long term stability and endurance.  System includes all accessories and components and is not accepted for individual use without the system. Lite Access Technologies Inc. and Blown Fibre Solutions are acceptable distributors for Emtelle. 

(11)  It is specified for >216 to 864 fibers; however, lower fiber counts can be provided on special request. (12)  May contain a 12 AWG, stranded copper conductor to replace a filler rod. User must comply with all local and 

National Electrical Codes (NEC) when opening, connecting, and/or terminating this conductor; conductor shall not be left floating. 

(14)  This cable (toneable and dielectric versions) can be pre‐connectorized with the OptiTap® Single‐Fiber Hardened Connector or the OptiTip MultiFiber Hardened Connector.

(15)  No Mid‐span Use/Specialty Cable ‐Mid‐span test does not apply (16)  Includes the 8mm & 10mm LSZH Indoor White DVC™ Microduct: OFMD‐8.0‐5.4‐PE‐WHT‐V0‐LSZH; 8mm & 10mm 

Outdoor DVC™ Microduct; OFMD‐8.0‐5.4‐PE‐UVS‐BLK (or –ORG for orange coloured product); QuikPush™ (Fibre Optic) Cable; Drop Cable with the Balistix™ connector on one end; QP‐93‐PB‐BC5‐BLK‐SC5‐xxxF where xxx represents the length of the cable in feet; TuffNut™ (Fibre Optic) Cable; Cable Assemblies ‐ TNCA‐93‐PB‐BLK‐xxxF where xxx represents the length of the cable in feet; Patch cords (simplex, duplex and multiple fan outs) using OFPT as sheathing; AM™ – portable battery powered installation machine o WAM01‐SET‐US; Optical Fibre Protection Tube (OFPT); OFPT series; Ancillary Products & Tools; Manifolds, Control & Management Accessories; Application Tools & Microduct Accessories. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 33 of 168

06-06 2.0

Item Designation Page Cases, splice .................................................................................. pl ................................................ 2.1 “ (Closure) repair kits ........................................................... drk .............................................. 2.10 Conduit, underground .................................................................... hc ............................................... 2.2 Enclosures, ready-access, cable ................................................... er ................................................ 2.3 Fiber cable slack organizer ............................................................ oco ............................................. 2.11 Handholes ...................................................................................... hh ............................................... 2.4 Housings, buried plant ................................................................... se ............................................... 2.5

• Type BD Pedestals (Type H) ............................................ se ............................................... 2.5 • Type BD Pedestals (Type M) ................................... se ............................................... 2.5.1 • Type BDS Serving Area Interface cabinet ........................ se ............................................... 2.5.2

Housings, central office slice housing ............................................ sj ................................................ 2.5.3 • for copper cables ............................................................ sj-a ............................................. 2.5.3 • wall mounted for fiber optic cables .................................... sj-b ............................................. 2.5.3 • rack mounted for fiber optic cables ................................... sj-c ............................................. 2.5.3 • wall mounted with patch panels for fiber optic cables ....... sj-d ............................................. 2.5.4 • rack mounted with patch panels for fiber optic cables ...... sj-e ............................................. 2.5.4.1 • wall or rack mounted with patch panels for fiber optic… .. sj-f .............................................. 2.5.4.2

Manholes, precast concrete ........................................................... hm .............................................. 2.7 Pedestal, inserts, restricted access ............................................... sk ............................................... 2.5.5 Posts, mobile home ........................................................................ sd ............................................... 2.8 Sealer, buried plant housing .......................................................... ps ............................................... 2.6 Sealer duct ..................................................................................... sp ............................................... 2.6 Terminals, wire, pole-mounted ....................................................... wt ............................................... 2.9 Damage Repair Kits ....................................................................... drk .............................................. 2.10 Fiber Cable Slack Organizer .......................................................... oco ............................................. 2.11

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 34 of 168

2.1 01-31-2011

pl

pl - Splice Closure

Cable closure designs, RUS suffixes and notes are outlined on page 2.1.8.

Manufacturer

Accepted Closures

Max. Cable

Dia.(6)

Max. Splice

Capacity(8)

Encapsu-

lant.(2)

Closure Design Suffixes

3M Company (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

8981‐8882/GEL  0.58”    8882GEL  b1  A,C 8982‐8882/GEL  1.0”    8882GEL  b1  A,C 8983‐8882/GEL  1.5”    8882GEL  b1  A,C 8984‐8882/GEL  2.0”    8882GEL  b1  A,C 8985‐8882/GEL  2.4”    8882GEL  b1  A,C 8986‐8882/GEL  3.33”    8882GEL  b1  A,C 8981‐4407/GEL  0.58"     4407 GEL  b1   8982‐4407/GEL  1.0"     4407 GEL  b1   8983‐4407/GEL  1.5"     4407 GEL  b1   8984‐4407/GEL  2.0"     4407 GEL  b1   8985‐4407/GEL  2.4"     4407 GEL  b1   8986‐4407/GEL  3.33"     4407 GEL  b1   

BB2 X 24 8882/GEL  1.2”    8882GEL  b1  A,C BB2X12‐8882/HIGHGEL  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB2X12‐SB/2SC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A 

BB2X24‐8882/HIGHGEL  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB2X24CC‐SB/2SC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A BB2X24‐SB/2SC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A BB2X24‐SB/SC,DC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B BB3 X 24 8882/GEL  1.7”    8882GEL  b1  A,C BB3X12‐SB/2DC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B 

BB3X24‐8882/HIGHGEL  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB3X24CC‐SB/2SC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A BB3X24‐SB/2SC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A BB3X24‐SB/SC,DC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB4 X 24 8882/GEL  2.0”    8882GEL  b1  A,C BB4X12‐SB/2DC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C 

BB4X24‐8882/HIGHGEL  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB4X24CC‐SB/2SC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A BB4X24‐SB/2SC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A BB4X24‐SB/SC,DC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB5 X 26 8882/GEL  2.4”    8882GEL  b1  A,C 

BB5X26‐8882/HIGHGEL  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB5X26CC‐SB/2SC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A BB5X26‐SB/2SC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A BB5X26‐SB/SC,DC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB6 X 26 8882/GEL  3.3”    8882GEL  b1  A,C 

BB6X26CC‐SB/2DC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB6X26‐SB/2DC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB7 X 26 8882/GEL  3.6”    8882GEL  b1  A,C 

BB7X26CC‐SB/2DC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB7X26‐SB/2DC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB7X26‐SB/DC,TC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 35 of 168

2.1.1 01-31-2011 pl pl - Splice Closure

Cable closure designs, RUS suffixes and notes are outlined on page 2.1.8.

       

Manufacturer

Accepted Closures

Max. Cable

Dia.(6)

Max. Splice

Capacity(8)

Encapsu-

lant.(2)

Closure Design Suffixes

(cont.)3M Company (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

           BB9 X 26 8882/GEL  3.8”    8882GEL  b1  A,C BB9X26‐SB/2DC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C BB9X26‐SB/DC,TC‐LHS  See 3M    8882GEL    A, B, C 

FSC 2x12  0.58”    8882GEL  b1  A,C FSC 3x12S  1.0”    8882GEL  b1  A,C FSC 3x12L  1.5”    8882GEL  b1  A,C FSC 3x19  1.5”    8882GEL  b1  A,C FSC 4x19  2.4”    8882GEL  b1  A,C FSC 6x19  3.3”    8882GEL  b1  A,C FSC 8x19  3.8”    8882GEL  b1  A,C 

SLiC 2 x 19 FB  1.6"          a1 SLiC 2 x 29 FB  1.6"          a1 SLiC 3 x 33 FB  2.6"          a1 SLiC 5 x 33 FB  3.0"          a1 SLiC 7 x 33 FB  3.8"          a1 SLiC 9 x 36 FB  3.8"          a1 

2X2AA  1.0"          a2, b2 2XY2AA  1.0"          a2, b2 2A2  1.6"          a2, b2 2B2  2.9"          a2, b2 2C2  3.5"          a2, b2 2D2  3.5"          a2, b2 2E2  4.5"          a2, b2 2X2  1.0"          a2, b2 2Y2  1.0"          a2, b2 

2BUTT‐LHS CLOSURE 1.2" 8882  b1

3BUTT‐LHS CLOSURE  1.7"      8882 GEL  b1 

4BUTT‐LHS CLOSURE  2.0"      8882 GEL  b1 

K & B Series Non-Flame Retardant.(9) 2 * 2 (*)

Insert inner diameter and cover length according to manufacturer

instructions. c

FD06 48 d B, C FD08 96 d B, C

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 36 of 168

2.1.2 01-31-2011

pl

pl - Splice Closure

Cable closure designs, RUS suffixes and notes are outlined on page 2.1.8.  

Manufacturer

Accepted Closures

Max. Cable

Dia.(6)

Max. Splice

Capacity(8)

Encapsu-

lant.(2)

Closure Design Suffixes

(cont.)3M Company (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

2178S (non-flame retardant)(9)

96 d, f A, B, C 2178LS 480 d, e A, B, C 2177-R 64 8882 e A, B, C

2178FR (flame retardant)(15)

f

2178XSB 48 d, e B SLiC Fiber Aerial Closure 530(15) 12 d A, B, C

SLiC Fiber Aerial Closure 530 12 d A, B, C SLiC Fiber Aerial Closure 533 144 d C SLiC Fiber Aerial Closure 733 288 d C Fiber Dome Closure FDC 08 96 d, e B, C Fiber Dome Closure FDC10S 288 d, e B, C

Fiber Dome Terminal Closure FDT 08 External Drop (w/ HFOC)

72 with 4, 6, or 8 drop

ports (14) d, e B, C

Fiber Dome Terminal Closure FDT 08 Direct Splice Drop

96 or 72 with up to 8 drop ports

d, e B, C

Fiber Dome Terminal Closure FDT 08 Internal Drop

24 with 4, 6, or 8 drop

ports d, e B, C

Fiber Dome Stubbed Terminal FDST 08 (FDST 08S)(17)

8 d, e B, C

ADC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) MST (w/HFOC)

2/4/6/8/12 ports(14)

d, e B

AFL Telecommunications (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

LG-55 18 d A, B LG-150 36 d B, C LG-250 96 d B, C LG-350 384 d B, C

LG-350XL 864 d B, C LG-410 72 d A, B, C LG-420 12 d A, B, C LG-500 72 d A, B, C LG-600 288 d A, B, C

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 37 of 168

2.1.3 02-28-2011 Pl

pl - Splice Closure

Cable closure designs, RUS suffixes and notes are outlined on page 2.1.8.

Manufacturer

Accepted Closures

Max. Cable

Dia.(6)

Max. Splice

Capacity(8)

Encapsu-

lant.(2)

Closure Design Suffixes

Belden, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

C-3500 1.00” 8882GEL a1 A, C C-3501 1.50” 8882GEL a1 A, C C-3502 1.75” 8882GEL a1 A, C C-3503 2.125” 8882GEL a1 A, C C-3504 2.75” 8882GEL a1 A, C C-3505 3.125” 8882GEL a1 A, C C-3506 4.50” 8882GEL a1 A, C C-3507 6.00” 8882GEL a1 A, C C-3508 9.00” 8882GEL a1 A, C C-3509 7.50” 8882GEL a1 A, C

TBTKNKS 6-25 pr. 8882GEL b1 A, C TBTBA-1 25-100 pr. 8882GEL b1 A, C

TBTKNKAA 8882GEL b1 A, C TBTKNKA 8882GEL b1 A, C

TBTKNKA2 25-200 pr. 8882GEL b1 A, C TBTKNKA4 25-400 pr. 8882GEL b1 A, C

TBTA2 100-200 pr. 8882GEL b1 A, C TBTKNKB 100-300 pr. 8882GEL b1 A, C

TBTKNKB2 200-400 pr. 8882GEL b1 A, C TBTKNKB4 200-600 pr. 8882GEL b1 A, C

TBTBA3 300-900 pr. 8882GEL b1 A, C TBTKNKC2 600-900 pr 8882GEL b1 A, C TBTKNKC4 600-1300pr 8882GEL b1 A, C TBTKNKD2 900-2400pr 8882GEL b1 A, C

C-5100 1.0” b2 A C-5101 1.6” b2 A C-5102 2.2” b2 A C-5103 3.0” b2 A C-5104 3.0” b2 A C-5105 1.0” b2 C C-5106 1.6” b2 C C-5107 2.2” b2 C C-5108 3.0” b2 C C-5109 3.0” b2 C

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 38 of 168

2.1.4 01-31-2011

Pl pl - Splice Closure

Cable closure designs, RUS suffixes and notes are outlined on page 2.1.8.

Manufacturer

Accepted Closures

Max. Cable

Dia.(6)

Max. Splice

Capacity(8)

Encapsu-

lant.(2)

Closure Design Suffixes

Corning Cable Systems(10)

(BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

LCA9T34 72 d A, B, C SCA-9T34 240 d A, B, C SCA-KT9 48 d A, B, C

SCA-9T24(12) 216 d A, B, C

SCA-6T24(12) 72 d A, B, C

OptiSheath® MultiPort(MP) Terminal 2/4/6/8/12 ports(14)

d, e A, B, C

SCF-6C22 72 e A, B, C SFC-6C28 288 e A, B, C

SCF-8C28(11) 576 e A, B, C SCC-6C22 10 e A, B, C SCC-6C28 20 e A, B, C SCC-8C28 30 e A, B, C SCP-6C22 96 e A, B, C UCA4-XX 72 e A, B, C UCA5-XX 72 e A, B, C

FlexNAP™ OptiSheath Premier Terminal Distribution Solution 12-144, 216 d, e A, B, C

UltraNAP™ 4 Port and 6 Port -connected Terminals 12 d, e A, B, C

OptiSheath® Zone Terminal 12 - 96 d, e A, B, C OptiSheath® MultiPort Splitter

Terminal 1x4, 1x4+ext., 1x8 (ports) d, e A, B, C

Lucent Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) UCB1 (flame retardant) f

Multilink Broadband (Starfighter)

(BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

1120F-GK01 24 d A, B, C 2000F-GK01 72 d A, B, C

4024-D 48 A, B, C 4048-D 96 d, e A, B, C 4000-D 192 d, e A, B, C 3000F 144 d, e A, B, C

Preformed Line Products

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

COYLCC-F001 d, e A, B, C COYLCC-F002 d, e A, B, C COYLCC-F003 d, e A, B, C COYLCC-F004 d, e A, B, C COYLCC-F005 d, e A, B, C COYLCC-F006 d, e A, B, C

COYGLC(18) e B, C 8006021 2.2” a2, b1 A,C 8006022 4.1” a2, b1 A,C 8006023 6.85” a2, b1 A,C 8006024 4.1” a2, b1 A,C 8006025 6.85” a2, b1 A,C 8006177 10.1” a2 A,C 8006219 10.1” a2, b1 A,C 8006220 10.1” a2, b1 A,C 8006221 10.1” a2, b1 A,C 8006287 2.2” RD b1 A,C 8006288 4.1” RD b1 A,C

PLP’s listing continues on next page.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 39 of 168

2.1.5 01-31-2011 pl

pl - Splice Closure

Cable closure designs, RUS suffixes and notes are outlined on page 2.1.8.

Manufacturer

Accepted Closures

Max. Cable

Dia.(6)

Max. Splice

Capacity(8)

Encapsu-

lant.(2)

Closure Design Suffixes

Preformed Line Products

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) (Continuation)

8006289 4.1” RD b1 A,C 8006290 7.1” RD b1 A,C 8006291 7.1” RD b1 A,C 8006292 7.1” RD b1 A,C 8006293 10.1” RD b1 A,C 8006294 10.1” RD b1 A,C 8006295 10.1” RD b1 A,C

8006 Series (non-flame retardant) c 8006 FR Series (flame retardant) c

8001005 RD d, e B 8001006 RD d, e A,C 8006692 d, e A, B

8006661 (non-flame retardant) d, e, f A, B, C 8006659 (non-flame retardant) d, e, f A, B, C 8006660 (non-flame retardant) d, e, f A, B, C

8006887 d, e B, C 8006946 d, e B, C 8006878 d, e B, C 8006944 d, e B, C 8006945 d, e B, C 8006941 d, e B, C 8006879 d, e A, B, C 8006880 d, e A, B, C 8006951 d, e A, B, C 8006953 d, e A, B, C 8006954 d, e A, B, C 8006955 d, e A, B, C 8006956 d, e A, B, C

80061055-00x d, e B, C 80061056-00x d, e B, C 80061057-00x d, e B, C

80061067 d, e B, C 80011839 d, e A, B, C

8001010 (flame retardant) f 8001011 (flame retardant) f

80061049 (flame retardant) f

Superior Essex (ND Listing expires: Oct‐

2013.)

FIC-A See spec 96/288 See spec A,C FIC-B See spec 96/288 See spec A,C FIC-C See spec 192/432 See spec A,C FDC-A See spec 96 d, e B,C FDC-B See spec 144 d, e B,C FDC-C See spec 288 d, e B,C

Telepak (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

TPIKRU-A 25 - 200pr. 8882GEL a2, b1, b2 A, C TPIKRU-B 300-400pr. 8882GEL a2, b1, b2 A, C TPIKRU-C 600pr. 8882GEL a2, b1, b2 A, C

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 40 of 168

2.1.6 02-28-2012 pl

pl - Splice Closure

Cable closure designs, RUS suffixes and notes are outlined on page 2.1.8.

Manufacturer

Accepted Closures

Max. Cable

Dia.(6)

Max. Splice

Capacity(8)

Encapsu-

lant.(2)

Closure

Design

Suffixes

Tyco Electronics (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

CST (Cold Sealed Terminal)(16) b1 B, C TRAC – A 1.26” a1 A, C TRAC – B 1.89” a1 A, C

TRAC – B+ 2.56” a1 A, C TRAC – C 3.27” a1 A, C

XAGA 1650-S .35” Q-Gel 2031 b1 A, C XAGA 1650-A .48” Q-Gel 2031 b1 A, C

XAGA 1650-AA .48” Q-Gel 2031 b1 A, C XAGA 1650-A2 .48” Q-Gel 2031 b1 A, C XAGA 1650-A4 .48” Q-Gel 2031 b1 A, C XAGA 1650-B2 1.10” Q-Gel 2031 b1 A, C XAGA 1650-B4 1.10” Q-Gel 2031 b1 A, C XAGA 1650-C2 1.85” Q-Gel 2031 b1 A, C XAGA 1650-C4 1.85” Q-Gel 2031 b1 A, C XAGA 1650-D2 2.00” Q-Gel 2031 b1 A, C XAGA 1650-D4 2.00” Q-Gel 2031 b1 A, C

Tyco Electronics (CERTI-SEAL) (BA expires: Jan‐

2012.)Series 6, 59, 7, & 11

for Tel. & Coax

569224-1 .29 - .46” Sealant 20 b1 A, C 569661-1 .29 - .46” Sealant 20 b1 A, C 569671-1 .29 - .46” Sealant 20 b1 A, C 569579-1 .29 - .46” Sealant 20 b1 A, C

1116449-1 .29 - .46” Sealant 20 b1 A, C 1217195-1 .35 - .57” Sealant 20 b1 A, C

Tyco Electronics (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) FOSC250-A4-U-12R1-S0V d, e B, C

Tyco Electronics (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

FOSC400-A4-X-NT-O-NGV-RUS d B, C FOSC400-B2-X-NT-O-NGV-RUS d B, C FOSC400-B4-X-NT-O-NGV-RUS d B, C FOSC400-C5-X-NT-O-NGV-RUS d B, C FOSC400-D5-X-NT-O-NGV-RUS d B, C FOSC450-A4-X-NT-O-A1V d, e B, C FOSC450-B6-X-NT-O-B3V d, e B, C FOSC450-C6-X-NT-O-D6V d, e B, C FOSC450-D6-X-NT-O-D6V d, e B, C

FTerm UMT 4/6/8/12 ports(14)

d, e B, C

Gator 12F Splice Closure 12 d, e B, C

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 41 of 168

2.1.7 01-31-2011

pl

pl - Splice Closure

Cable closure designs, RUS suffixes and notes are outlined on page 2.1.8.

Manufacturer

Accepted Closures

Max. Cable

Dia.(6)

Max. Splice

Capacity(8)

Encapsu-

lant.(2)

Closure

Design

Suffixes

URASEAL (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

*The branch type max. cable dia. 2.2” and 3.0”,

Respectively.

CA1900WE-A1S 1.2” a1 A, C CA1900WE-B1S* 1.87” a1 A, C CA1900WE-C1S* 2.5” a1 A, C

CFO40413NG-RUS-01 24 d, e, f B, C CFO40413NG-RUS-02 36 d, e, f B, C CFO40413NG-RUS-03 48 d, e, f B, C CFO40413NG-RUS-04 72 d, e, f B, C CFO40413NG-RUS-05 96 d, e, f B, C CFO40413ND-RUS-01 24 d, e, f B, C CFO40413ND-RUS-02 36 d, e, f B, C CFO40413ND-RUS-03 48 d, e, f B, C CFO40413ND-RUS-04 72 d, e, f B, C CFO40413ND-RUS-05 96 d, e, f B, C

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 42 of 168

2.1.8 01-31-2011 pl Closure Designs:

a1 – Aerial Splice Closure for Copper Cables Free-Breathing a2 – Aerial Splice Closure for Copper Cables Pressurized b1– Buried/Underground Splice Closure for Copper Cables b2– Buried/Underground Splice Closure for Copper Cables Pressurized c – Buildings and Central Office Vault Splice Closure for Copper Cables d – Aerial Splice Closure for Fiber Cables e– Buried/Underground Splice Closure for Fiber Cables f – Buildings and Central Office Vault Splice Closure for Fiber Cables

Suffixes:

A – In-line B – Butt C – Branch

Notes: 1. Fiber organizer trays shall be ordered in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. The encapsulant is a component part of the splice closure system and shall be provided by the closure

manufacturer. The encapsulant is not accepted on an individual basis. 3. The main cable diameter, cable configuration (number of cables, pair count and gauge), and splice bundle

diameter should be specified by the engineer. 4. 3M Better Buried closures are accepted for Branch splicing only. 5. For vertical installations order standard closure with "5925 FireBarrier Shield." 6. Metric sizes available for the following manufacturers: 3M. 7. These closures may also be installed in pedestals. 8. Maximum capacity for fusion splices 9. Non-flame retardant cases shall not be placed in a building or central office, they may be placed in a cable

vault. 10. Accepted entire closure series with accessories, couplers, splitters, organizers, etc. 11. Accepted entire closure series except one, SCF-8C28-9F which has been technically accepted as a non-

domestic product. 12. Acceptance includes SPAP and Optisheath Advantage terminals. 13. NG designates non-ADSS cables and ND designates ADSS cables. 14. This is a pre-connectorized outside plant hardened PON terminal that may be deployed as a stand alone

aerial end user service pole/messenger terminal or in an enclosure for buried or underground end user service distribution. Acceptance includes OptiTap Single Fiber Hardened Connector and RDUP/RUS Listed service entrance (drop) cables specifically mated for this terminal’s use or for individual purchase as a stand alone pre-connectorized fiber drop for other like terminals using the patented licensed Corning technology.

15. All flame retardant models have the same splice capacity as non-retardant models. 16. Equipped with either 25 pair or 50 pair Dat@Term terminal blocks. 17. Acceptance includes 4, 6, and 8 FDST 08 Stubbed Terminals and 24 FDST 08S Stubbed Terminals with 3M

External Cable Assembly Module (ECAM) FD Factory Terminated SC/APC or SC/UPC FiberDrops and ECAM FCA Fiber Cable Assembly Cables.

18. Includes COYOTE GLC Base with Flat Cover, organizers and spacers.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 43 of 168

2.2 01-31-2011

hc

Underground Conduit Note: For fiber and plastic conduit, Type I, Type B, or Type EB is for concrete encasement and Type II, Type C or Type DB may be

directly buried. Schedule 40 is a high strength conduit that may be used for concrete encasement or direct burial. Type D is for exposed installation, as on bridges. Schedule 40 & Schedule 80 conduit may also be used for above ground, below ground, concrete encased and direct burial applications. Schedule 80 may also be used in applications where the conduit is subject to physical damage.

Manufacturer Type Conduit Catalog Number A-D Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Flexible plastic HDPE Conduit

Allwire, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Flexible plastic ALLDUCT

American Pipe & Plastics (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic

Type B, C, and D Type EB and DB PVC Multi-Duct (2,3,4 and 6-way)

Apache Plastics, Inc. Plastic Type EB and Type DB Blue Diamond Industries, LLC (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Flexible plastic HDPE Duct

Bore Flex/Pyramid/ Lamson Pipe Co.  (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Flexible plastic HDPE Conduit

Bristolpipe (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic Type B, C, and D

Type EB and Type DB

Cantex (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic

Type EB and Type DB Type B, C, and D Schedule 40Schedule 80Cellular Core PVC Sch.40 Cellular Core PVC DB120

Certain-Teed Products Corp. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic Type EB and Type DB

Comfit USA (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) HDPE 100, 125, 150, & 200

CommScope (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Flexible plastic SDR 13.5, SCH 40 (1/2” – 4”) Toneable SDR 11, 13.5, SCH 40 (3/4” – 4”)Smooth/ribbed wall SDR 9, 11, 13.5, SCH 40, 80 (13mm- 4”)Co-extruded SDR9, 11, 13.5, SCH 40, 80(3/4” -4”)

CSR Polypipe (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Flexible plastic HDPE Duct Endot Industries (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Flexible plastic HDPE Duct

Emtelle1

 (ND listing expires: 04/11/10.) HDPE Microduct DB (3-12 mm)MDPE Microduct DI (3-12 mm)

Flying “W” Plastics (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Flexible plastic HDPE Duct

Freedom Plastics, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic Type C

Heritage Plastics (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic PVC Types EB, DB,

Sch. 40 and Sch. 80 Hurlbut Plastic Pipe Plastic Type C See page 2.2.2 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 44 of 168

2.2.1 01-31-2011 hc

Underground Conduit Note: For fiber and plastic conduit, Type I, Type B, or Type EB is for concrete encasement and Type II, Type C or Type DB may be

directly buried. Schedule 40 is a high strength conduit that may be used for concrete encasement or direct burial. Type D is for exposed installation, as on bridges. Schedule 40 & Schedule 80 conduit may also be used for above ground, below ground, concrete encased and direct burial applications. Schedule 80 may also be used in applications where the conduit is subject to physical damage.

Manufacturer Type Conduit Catalog Number Imperial Pipe Corp. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Flexible plastic HDPE Duct

IPEX, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Flexible plastic (Fibertel) EPEC-(B, 40, SDR11, 80)-HDPE 1” – 4”

Plastic

Scepter Rigid PVC Schedule 40 & 80Super Duct Type B, Type B, Type C and Type D Sceptacon (Boring Applications)

Ironhed (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Stainless Steel FMP 3, 7, 10, 12, & 14 Gauge

J-M Eagle (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Plastic Types C, EB, and DB Plastic PVC Types EB, DB, and Sch. 40Flexible plastic HDPE Coiled Duct

MaxCell (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Polymer Fabric MaxCell Innerduct (2) National Pipe & Plastics, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic Type EB and Type DB

Type B and Type C Northern Pipe Products (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic Type B, C, and D

OMNI (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Flexible plastic HDPE DuctPlastic Multiple plastic conduit (3 & 4 Way)

OSI Plastics (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Flexible plastic HDPE Duct

(4)

PVC Split Duct(5) Performance Pipe (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Flexible plastic DRISCOPLEX Duct

Petroflex (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Flexible plastic HDPE DuctCorrugated HDPE Duct

Plastic Industries, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Plastic

HDPE SDR 9HDPE SDR 11HDPE SDR 13.5 HDPE SDR 17

Prime Conduit (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Plastic (Telephone Duct) Type B, Type C, and Type D

Plastic

Type EB, Type DB Multi-GardBORE-GUARD (Sch. 40 & 80) PVC Schedule 40 PVC Schedule 80

Queen City Plastics (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic Type EB and Type DB

PVC Schedule 40 Sedco (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic Type EB and Type DB Southern Pipe, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic PVC Types EB, DB, and Sch. 40, and 80

So Lite (Sch. 40 cellular core) Summit Sales, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plastic Type B and Type C

Tamaqua Cable Products (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Flexible plastic HDPE Duct

TeraSpan (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Rigid PVC VIF System(1) Trenchless Pipe Company (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Flexible plastic Flex-Con

See page 2.2.2 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 45 of 168

2.2.2 06-04-2009

hc Notes:

(1) Vertical Inlaid Fiber (VIF) System includes VDC1, VDC3, VDC4, VDC6, VIF Cables (04, 12, & 24 strands), Cylindrical Access Node, splice enclosure, and miscellaneous components that complete the system. These items may not be purchased separately.

(2) Includes standard, plenum, micro, detachable, installation and termination accessories. (3) DB - indicates microduct for direct burial for RUS accepted microcables.

DI – indicates microduct for direct-duct installation not suitable for direct burial and for use with RUS listed microcables

(4) Accepted HDPE duct listed on specification sheet identified as “Form HDPE S 091206 LK” by OSI. (5) Accepted the normal use of the 3.5” and the 4” PVC Split Duct products for the encasement of

Fiber Optic cable when repairing and closing conduit systems due to damages incurred.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 46 of 168

2.3 02-28-2011

er

er - Cable Enclosures

er-a Ready Access Enclosures (Enclosures Only)

Lashed Cables Main Cable Manufacturer Dia. Range Straight Branch 3M (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 0.40-4.00” SLIC(5) SLIC(5) Belden, Inc. 0.50-2.20" Termax C-2280 - (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Emerson Network Power, 0.4-1.2" 100 MB(7) 100 MBY(7) Energy Systems 1.2-2.0" 200MB(7) 200MBY(7) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 2.0-3.0" 430 430Y

See page 2.3.2 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 47 of 168

2.3.1 02-28-2011 er

er - Cable Enclosures

er-b Ready-Access Enclosures (Enclosures Only)

Strand-mounted, with two branch entrances (for lashed cables) Manufacturer Type E Type F Diameter of main: 1.2" Maximum 2.2" Maximum Diameter of branch: 0.75" Maximum 1.6" Maximum Type of strand: Galvanized Alum.-Clad Galvanized Alum.-Clad Steel Steel Steel Steel Emerson Network Power, 200MBY 200MBY 200MBY 200MBY Energy Systems

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

er-c Ready-Access Enclosures e/w with IDC Terminal Blocks (Fixed Count Enclosures)

Strand-mounted, with two branch entrances (for lashed cables)

Filled Unprotected

Main Cable Branch Cable Dia. Range Dia. Range Series 3M Company 0.40-4.00” - SLIC(2)(6) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Belden, Inc. 0.50-2.20” - Termax   ( BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Tyco Electronics 0.55-1.90” 0.00-1.50” DTerminator 2 ICT-B (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 0.50-1.50” 0.00-1.00” DTerminator 2 ICT-A

Filled Protected Main Cable Branch Cable Dia. Range Dia. Range Series Tyco Electronics 0.55-1.90” 0.00-1.50” DTerminator 2 ICT-B(3) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 0.50-1.50” 0.00-1.00” DTerminator 2 ICT-A(3) See page 2.3.2 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 48 of 168

2.3.2 02-19-2010

er

er - Cable Enclosures

er-d Ready-Access Enclosures e/w Binding Post Terminal Blocks (Fixed Count Enclosures)

Strand-mounted, with two branch entrances (for lashed cables)

Manufacturer Filled Unprotected

Main Cable Branch Cable Dia. Range Dia. Range Variable Emerson Network 0.40-1.20” 0.40-0.80” 100MBY(3) Power, Energy 1.20-2.20” 0.40-1.60” 200MBY(3) Systems 2.00-3.00” 1.10-2.20” 430MBY(3)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Filled Protected Main Cable Branch Cable Dia. Range Dia. Range Variable Emerson Network 0.40-1.20” 0.40-0.80” 100MBY(4) Power, Energy 1.20-2.20” 0.40-1.60” 200MBY(4) Systems 2.00-3.00” 1.10-2.20” 430MBY(4)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Notes:

1. The diameter range shown only includes the unprotected versions of the RGTA-type Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems terminal blocks.

2. Specify 3M PSI or Raychem (Tyco) terminal blocks when ordering. 3. May be ordered with up to 24 pairs using the 145BG Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems

terminal block only. 4. May be ordered with up to 12 pairs using the 381G and 383G Emerson Network Power, Energy

Systems terminal blocks only. 5. Includes the following catalog numbers only: 328 & 530 MT, 328 & 530-MT/SES, 328 & 530‐

MTA/SES, 328 & 530-MTC/SES, and 328 & 530-MTPI/SES. 6. Includes the following catalog numbers only: 328 & 530-PI/SES, 328 & 530 PI/RES. 7. Messenger insulator ordered separately. For 100MB or 100MBY order P10318. For 200MB or

200MBY order P10709.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 49 of 168

2.4 02-28-2011 hh

hh - Handholes(1)(2)

Handholes for Fiber & Copper Systems

Manufacturer Catalog Number

Armorcast (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

A60000182 Series (27” DI) A6000185 Series A6001423 Series (12”x12”) A6001430 (30”x 48”) A6001433 Series (48”x48”) A6001436 (36”x60”) A6001441 Series (36”x36”) A6001506 Series (48”x72”) A6001640 (17”x30”) A6001691 (39”x30”DI) A6001742 (30”x60”) A6001833 Series (36” x 60”) A6001946 (13”x24”) A6001974 (24”x36”) A6002424 Series (24" X 24")

Blue Diamond Industries, LLC MOV-2S/D(3)

Carson Industries (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

1730-13B H910 HLW1212-12 HLW1118-12 H1118-12, 15, or 18 H1324-12, 15, or 18 H1730-12, 18, or 24 H2436-18, 24, 30, or 36 H2436-18, 24, 30, or 36 H2436-18, 24, 30, or 36 H3048-18, 24, 30, or 36 H3060-24, 30, or 36

CDR Systems (Homac) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

TA-1324 TA-1730 TA 2000 TA-2436 TA-2700 TA-3048W TA-3048 TA-3060 TA-3200 TA-3660 TA-3900 TA-4848 TA-4872 TA-4878 TA-4896

See page 2.4.7 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 50 of 168

2.4.1 01-31-2011

hh hh - Handholes(1)(2)

Handholes for Fiber & Copper Systems

Manufacturer Catalog Number

Champion Precast. Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

020-020-030K (2’x2’x3’) 040-040-040K (4’x4’x4’) 050-030-035K (5’x3’x3.5’)

Christy Concrete Products (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

SYN118TBOX__ (12, 18, 24, or 36) SYN1118TLID SYN1212TBOX__ (12, 18, 24, or 36) SYN1212TLID SYN1324TBOX__ (12, 18, 24. or 36) SYN1324TLID SYN1730TBOX__ (12, 18, 24 or 36) SYN1730TLID SYN2436TBOX__ (18, 24, or 36) SYN2436TLID SYN3048TBOX__ (18, 24, or 36) SYN3048TLID SYN3660TBOX__ (18, 24, or 36) SYN3660TLID

See page 2.4.7 for notes

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 51 of 168

2.4.2 02-19-2010 hh

Handholes for Fiber & Copper Systems

Manufacturer Catalog Number

Composite Industries LLC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

CI1212 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7) CI 1224 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7) CI 1830 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7) CI 2436 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7) CI 3048 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7) CI 3636 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7) CI 3660 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7) CI 3672 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7) CI 4848 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7) CI 4860 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7) CI 4872 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7) CI 6060 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7)

CI 6072 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7)

CI 7272 Series Fiberglass & Polymer Concrete Box & Cover (7)

710RPB1P round vaults(7) See page 2.4.7 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 52 of 168

2.4.3 01-31-2011

hh hh - Handholes(1)(2)

Handholes for Fiber & Copper Systems

Manufacturer Catalog Number

Highline (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

CHA Series 10x15x__ (12 or 18) 11x18x__ (12 or 18) 12x12x__ (12, 18 or 24) 13x24x__ (12, 15, 18 or 24) 17x30x__ (12, 18, 24 or 30) 24x36x__ (18, 24, 30 or 36) 30x48x__ (18, 24, 30 or 36)

CRA Series CRA2048 CRA2220 CRA2230 CRA3236 CRA3930 CRA3936

CVA Series 30x48x__ (various depths from 18” to 48”) 30x60x__ (various depths from 18” to 48”) 36x36x__ (various depths from 18” to 48”) 36x60x__ (various depths from 18” to 48”) 36x72x__ (various depths from 18” to 48”) 36x96x__ (various depths from 18” to 48”) 48x48x__ (various depths from 18” to 48”) 48x72x__ (various depths from 18” to 48”) 48x78x__ (various depths from 18” to 48”) 48x96x__ (various depths from 18” to 48”)

Series PHA 10x15x12 11x18x__(12 or18) 12x12x12 13x24x__(15 or18) 17x30x__ (12, 18, or 24) 24x24x24 24x36x__ (18, 24, 30, or 36) 30x48x__(18, 24, 30, or 36) 36x36x36

PTA Series 10x15x__ (12 or18) 10x15x__ (12 or18) 12x12x12 13x24x18 17x30x__ (12 or 18) 24x36x18

See page 2.4.7 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 53 of 168

2.4.4 01-31-2011 hh

hh - Handholes(1)(2)

Handholes for Fiber & Copper Systems

Manufacturer Catalog Number

Martin Enterprises (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

9x10 (diameter) 14x19x12 13x24__ (12, 18, or 26) 17x30x__ (12,18+8”ext.,22, 26 or 30) 24x36x__ (18, 24, 30, 36, or 42) 34x48x_(36 or 18) 30x60x36 36x60x36 5400x36 (diameter) 2435 Ring & Cover Assembly 1730 Ring & Cover Assembly

36x60x18 30x48x__ (18, 24, 30, or 36) 48x48x__ (36 or 48) 13x24 Rock Pedestal 17x30 Rock Pedestal 24x36 Rock Pedestal

See page 2.4.7 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 54 of 168

2.4.5 02-19-2010

hh hh - Handholes(1)(2)

Handholes for Fiber & Copper Systems

Manufacturer Catalog Number

NewBasis (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

S1324 S1730 FCA/PCA 2436xxxx -20K FCA/PCA 3048xxxx -20K FCA/PCA 3048xxxx -20K FCA/PCA 1324xxxx -20K FCA/PCA 1730xxxx -20K FCA/PCA 2436xxxx -20K FCA/PCA 3048xxxx -20K FCA/PCA 3048xxxx -20K SG5400-SW FCA/PCA 3660xxxx -20K

Oldcastle Precast, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

SYN118TBOX- (12, 18, 24, or 36) SYN1118TLlD SYN1212TBOX- (12, 18, 24, or 36) SYN1212TLlD SYN1324TBOX- (12, 18, 24, or 36) SYN1324TLlD SYN1730TBOX- (12, 18, 24, or 36) SYN1730TLlD SYN2436TBOX- (18, 24, or 36) SYN2436TLlD SYN3048TBOX- (18, 24, or 36) SYN3048TLlD SYN3660TBOX- (18, 24, or 36) SYN3660TLlD

Northwest Pipe & Tank, Inc.

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) #8-C124 (4'x10"x3'4"x2'6")(4)

Pen-Cell Plastics (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

PE-10 PE-20 (Restricted to cable sizes up to 100 pairs) PE-36 PE-6HD PE-9HD PE-14HD PE-30HD PE-20__ (HD, F, or U) PE-30__ (HD, F, or U) PE-36__ (A or HD PEM Series

DT Series (1118, 1324, 1730) See page 2.4.7 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 55 of 168

2.4.6 01-31-2011 hh

hh - Handholes(1)(2)

Handholes for Fiber & Copper Systems

Manufacturer Quazite

(BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Catalog Number PC1324 PC1730 PD Series PG2436 PG3048 PR Series PT Series

Synertech (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

S1118B12FA – 11”x18”x12” S1118B18FA – 11”x18”x18” S1212B12FA – 12”x12”x12” S1212B18FA – 12”x12”x18” S1324B12FA – 13’x24”x12” S1324B18FA – 13”x24”x18” S1324B24FA – 13”x24”x24” S1730B12FA – 17”x30”x12” S1730B18FA – 17”x30”x18” S1730B24FA – 17”x30”x24” S2436B18FA – 24”x36”x18” S2436B24FA – 24”x36”x24” S2436B36FA – 24”x36”x36” S3048B18FA – 30”x48”x18” S3048B24FA – 30”x48”x24” S3048B36FA – 30”x48”x36” S3660B24FA - 36” x 60” x 24” S3660B36FA – 36” x 60” x 36”

TDB Communications (Common Ground Enclosure)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) TDB-GB-T(5)

Tunnel Mill Polymer, Inc.

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) R264836

Utility Vault (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 3642-BL(4)(6)(2’8”x3’6”x4’) 25-TA (5’2½”x2’3”x2’6”)

See page 2.4.7 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 56 of 168

2.4.7 02-19-2010

hh Notes: (1)Not for use in areas subject to vehicular traffic, unless otherwise noted. (2)Consult the manufacturer for ordering procedures for handhole depth and lid/cover locking devices and

load bearing capacity. (3)Rated for use in areas subject to vehicular traffic (4)Light vehicular traffic only (H10) (5)Lugs kits available from TDB (6)Only the 3642-2436P cover is RUS accepted for use with this handhole.

(7) Accepted for fiberglass boxes with polymer rings and lid; and accepted for polymer boxes and polymer lids that can be sold separately.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 57 of 168

2.5 01-31-2011 se

se - Buried Plant Housings (Complies with 7 CFR 1755.910)

Note: (1) PON users must follow the cable manufacturer’s recommended use and practices when installing fiber optic cables in optic enclosures.

(2) For vegetation and brush fire control RUS accepts the use of U-TECK’s WeedEnder® products Type BD Pedestals

(Listed manufacturers are accepted to supply housing types as indicated by X's.) Type H Pedestals

Pedestal Mounted Pole Mounted Manufacture Series Notes BD3 BD4 BD5 BD618 BD7 BD3A BD4A BD5A BD6A18

Channell (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

MAH 15 X X X X

Charles Industries, Ltd (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

(Pedlock BD) 2, 3, 15 X X X X X X X X X (CP2 Series) 2, 3, 15 X X X X X X X X X CFDP

15, 19 X X X X X X X X X CFFP CFXC BDO 15, 19, 20 X X X X X X X X X

Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

UPC

1, 2, 3, 7, 10 X X X - X X X X -

ProFORM 1, 2, 3, 7, 10, 15, 19, 27

X X X - X X X X -

NetSpan FDC/FDP 15, 19, 27 X X

NetSpan NSFDH 15, 19, 27 X X

See page 2.5.1.3 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 58 of 168

2.5.1 01-31-2011

se

se - Buried Plant Housings (Complies with 7 CFR 1755.910)

Note: PON users must follow the cable manufacturer’s recommended use and practices when installing fiber optic cables in fiber optic enclosures.

Type BD Pedestals (Listed manufacturers are accepted to supply housing types as indicated by X's.)

Type M Pedestals

Pedestal Mounted Pole Mounted Pole Mounted

(Increased Height. Above Ground)

Manufacturer Series Notes BD14 BD15 BD16 BD1718BD14ABD15A BD16A BD17A18BD14AG BD15AG BD16AGBD 17AG18

ADC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

OmniReach (FAT) includes 8” non-metallic

19, 20, 23 X X X X X X

Channel MAH X X X - - - - - - - - -

Charles Industries, Ltd. (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

(Pedlock BD) 2, 3, 15 X X X X X X X X X X X X (CP2 Series) 2, 3, 15 X X X X X X X X X X X X CFDP

15, 19 X X X X X X X X X X X CFFP CFXC BDO 15, 19, 20 X X X X X X X X X X X X

Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

VPED 20 X X X X X X X X X X X X

OptiDrop 19, 21 X X X X X X X X X X X X

Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

ProFORM 1, 2, 3, 7, 10, 15, 19, 27

X X X .- X X X - X X X -

NetSpan FDC/FDP 15, 19, 27 X X

NetSpan NSFDH 15, 19, 27 X X

Large Count Splice Cabinets

Note: PON users must follow the cable manufacturer’s recommended use and

practices when installing fiber optic cables in fiber optic enclosures.

BD6000 BD8000 BD10000

Emerson Network (UPCBD) (2)(3)(10)(14) - X - Power, Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Charles Industries (CMPH) (28) X - - (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

See page 2.5.1.3 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 59 of 168

2.5.1.1. 01-31-2011 se

se - Buried Plant Housings (Complies with 7 CFR 1755.910)

Note: PON users must follow the cable manufacturer’s recommended use and

practices when installing fiber optic cables in fiber optic enclosures.

Type BDS Serving Area Interface Cabinet(4)

se - Buried Plant Housings

(Complies with 7 CFR 1755.910)

Note: PON users must follow the cable manufacturer’s recommended use and practices when installing fiber optic cables in fiber optic enclosures.

Manufacturer Designation

Terminal Type (5) Cabinet Series

3M (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 3M SS Block

4000(6)

4300(6)

4220(6) (17)

4230 4295

ADC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

SC UPC, LC APC OmniReach(19) LC UPC FDH 3000 Series(19) (25) SC/UPC FDH I & II Series(19) (22) SC/APC FD3-P and accessories(19) (30) SC/UPC, SC/APC Fiber Cross Connect 3000(19) (32)

AFL Telecommunications (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) SC, APC

FDH 700 Series(19) ( includes FDH 100 Accessories & Splitter Modules)

Clearfield, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) SC, SC APC, LC, LCFSC(19) (24)

Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) SC APC, SC UPC(2 OptiTect(19) (Advantage, Premier, & LS Series)

Emerson Network Power Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

RLS Module

UPC/BDSRSK/RSLStarburst AerialUltraCab

SC UPC SC APC

NSFDH 144 seriesNSFDH 288 seriesNSFDH 432 seriesNSFDH 576 series

See page 2.5.1.3 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 60 of 168

2.5.1.2 02-28-2011

Se

se - Buried Plant Housings

(Complies with 7 CFR 1755.910)

Note: PON users must follow the cable manufacturer’s recommended use and practices when installing fiber optic cables in fiber optic enclosures.

Manufacturer Designation

Terminal Type (5) Cabinet Series

ofs (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

SCA, LCA, MPO. SC, LC Orbital 160(19) (26) SCA, LCA, MPO. SC, LC Orbital 288(19) (26) SCA, LCA, MPO. SC, LC Orbital 576(19) (26)

Tyco Electronics (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

NGXC(12) (16)

Dat@Term

Tyco Electronics (ND listing expires: May‐2012.) 

SC, APC CSX-3(19)

See page 2.5.1.3 for notes.

Fiber Optic Splice Case Housings

Note: PON users must follow the cable manufacturer’s recommended use and

practices when installing fiber optic cables in fiber optic enclosures.

Stake Pad Pole Mounted Mounted Mounted

Emerson Network Power, OPFO-BD7PD (8, 9)

OPFO-BD7PD (8, 9)

OPFO-BD7PL (8)

Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Charles Industries (28) CMPH CMPH (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

PenCell Plastic, Inc. AG (31)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) AGV (31) See page 2.5.1.3 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 61 of 168

2.5.1.3 02-19-2010 se  Notes: 

(1)  Internal offset brackets for the BD3, BD4, and BD5 sizes are available upon request. (2)  Grounding connectors for field mounting within the housings for terminating #6 AWG solid 

copper ground wire are available upon request. (3)  Good housekeeping panels are available upon request, sizes BD3 and above.  When ordering, 

suffix the catalog number with the letter "H". (4)  SAI housings equipped with two doors, front and back are also available upon request. (5)  Use the block or module recommended by the SAI manufacturer. (6)  Only the 4065, 4295, and 4365 may be pole mounted. (7)  BD7 may be pad mounted. (8)  Order mounting hardware for the intended splice case in accordance with the manufacturer's 

Instructions. (9)  Order pad or stake mounting hardware in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. (10)  For additional bonding and grounding requirements, extension brackets GBREXT, GBREXTKIT, 

and GBRALT are available upon request. (11)  Pole Mounted Only. (12)  Beige color may be used. (14)  UPCBD8000 may be stake mounted. (15)  These pedestals are type "M" pedestals (dome) that meet the functional criteria of type "H" 

pedestals. (16)  If ordered stubbed, cables must be RUS accepted. (17)  Includes 4220P Add‐On‐Cabinet. (18)  Maximum straight splice pair capacity using single pair connectors or multiple pair modules is 

900 pairs.  Maximum load splice pair capacity using single pair connectors or multiple pair splice modules is 450 pairs. 

(19)  Fiber optic housings (20)  Copper & Fiber Optic cable In‐One Housing (21)  Acceptance includes OptiSheath Advantage Terminals (22)  Acceptance includes FDH‐144 I, FDH‐216 I & II, FDH‐288 II, FDH‐432 I & II, FDH‐576 I, FDH‐864 I (23)  Includes handhole option as a fiber optic cable slack organizer with the FAT mounted on top. (24)  Acceptance includes flood proof design, the 96 with handhole configuration, and the 192, 288 

(includes Fieldsmart version), 576 (includes Fieldsmart version), 864 Cross Connect. (25)  Acceptance includes FD3‐AE sizes, FD3‐AG sizes, and FD3‐AJ sizes (26)  Order pad or pole mounting hardware in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. (27)  Includes NSFDP8 series, NSFDP8 series, NSFDP10 series, NSFDC8 series, NSFDC10 series, 

NSFDP10V series, NSFDH 10 series, NSFDH 10V series, and NSFDH 12 series. (28)  Non‐Fire retardant models are used at risk of the user. RUS recommends mitigating the risk with 

fire retardant mats or technology designed for fire retardation in an outside plant environment to comply with RUS. 

(29)  The Splitter used inside the cabinet may now be installed into the Eclipse adapter/shelf of the Eclipse product in an indoor application. 

(30)  Acceptance includes FD3‐PACCF2GRW, FD3‐PACCSTK1, FD3‐PACCDRPBKT, FD3‐PACCDRPGRW, FST‐HS‐48, and FST‐D‐MT. 

(31)  Accepted for use with an integrated handhole for fiber optic splice housing.  For any other configuration approval must be obtained from RUS. 

  (32)  Acceptance includes F3X‐E (288), F3X‐G (432), and F3X‐J (864)    

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 62 of 168

2.5.3 01-31-2011 Sj

sj – Central Office & Building Entrance Splice Housings(1) (2)

sj-a - Splice Housings for Copper Cables

Manufacturer Catalog Number Tip Cable Openings Cable Capacity AFL Telecommunications LLC 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

CG Series Coax Demarcation Enclosures(24) 

Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

CRF54ARV 54 5400 CRF66ARV 66 6600

sj-b - Housings & Racks for Fiber Optic Cables

Manufacturer Catalog Number Mech./Fusion Splices

Max. Terminations

3M (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

8432 12 8434 24 8436 48 8423 488425 144

ADC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

8-inch FCM Optical Distribution Frame(18) 72, 96, 144

Cyber Entrance Cabinet: FEC-* and BLK-*. 2592ESC-432, ESC-864A (4) 432 to 864

FCP-08, FCP-12 (3), FDP 8 to 24FIP, FIPL (3), FPL-SR2000, FPL Series (20),FMT Series (19), FL2000 Series (21), FL1000 Series (22)

96 12 to 288

FMPS, FMPL 36 to 72HRC- (6), HRC-5SU, HRC- (7), HRC-9P,

HR-11 (8), HRC-7PSF 72 24 to 216

Indoor Fiber Distribution Terminal (iFDT) –MDU & CPE 6 to 48 6 to 48

LSX Universal Frame(23) 288 288

LX-1012, LX-1024, LX-1048, LX-1096, LX-MP72B, LX-LP12B, LX-LP (5),

LX-LP36N, LX-MP3U 12 to 96

MDC5, MDC7, MDC10, MDC14, MDC18 24 to 216NEMA

Fiber Demarcation Cabinet (FDC) 12 to 48

NGF Optical Distribution Frame(18) 144 192

NG3® Optical Distribution Frame(18) 432

OMX600Optical Distribution Frames(18) 576 576

Outdoor Fiber Distribution Terminal (oFDT) 6 to 24 6 to 24

See page 2.5.3.3 and 2.5.3.4 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 63 of 168

2.5.3.1 01-31-2011

sj

sj-b - Housings & Racks for Fiber Optic Cables cont.

Manufacturer Catalog Number Mech./Fusion Splices

Max. Terminations

ADC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

(continuation)

Rapid Indoor Fiber Distribution Hub 3000i 72 to 432Rapid MDU Collector Enclosure 72Rapid Fiber Distribution Terminal 12 to 24

STIC-24PS 24TIC-12PS, TIC-24PS, TIC8E(3), TIC18E,

TIC24E, TIC31E 12 to 144

TrueNet® WMG Empty Wall Box (enclosure & adapter assem.) N/A N/A

VSC-288 288Wall Splice Cabinets (WSC) 24 to 48

WPS-24 24WSU-72 72

AFL Telecommunications LLC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

CPS-12(3) 12CPS-24(3) 24

Lightlink Series: LL500, LL500DS 288

Multilink, LLC

(BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Fiber Distribution Product family(25) Per Manufacturer

Per Manufacturer

See page 2.5.3.3 and 2.5.3.4 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 64 of 168

2.5.3.2 01-31-2011 sj

sj-b - Housings & Racks for Fiber Optic Cables cont.

Manufacturer Catalog Number Mech./Fusion Splices

Max. Terminations

AM Networks(23) (Conditional Acceptance)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

MultiOpt™ MTCA(23) 72 CentralOpt™ FDT(23) 1440 MultiOpt™ FDT (23) 24 CentralOpt™ Splitter Module Chassis(23) N/A

AM Networks(23)

(ND Listing expires: Feb‐2012.)

MultiOp™ iFDH 432

Aria Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

ARIA-RDP1U-XXXXX(10) 6 - 36ARIA-RDP2U-XXXXX(10) 48 – 72

ARIA-COMBOLGX-XXXXXX(10) 12 - 144LGX-0551XXX3048150LR(11) 48LGX-0751XXX3144150LR(11) 144LGX-1051XXX4144150LR(11) 144TRI-XX-3-SC/APC-1-3-03(17) 6 – 48TRI-XX-3-SC/UPC-1-3-03(17) 6 – 48

Clearfield, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

FLP-1W 24FLP-1 144

FieldSmart FDP Indoor & Outdoor Wall Mount Panels(14) 144

Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Eclipse Hardware Product Family(9) 864

Leviton (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

TSCSA-012 12RMS1U-002 24RMS2U-004 48ODF7I-092 1152

Preformed Line Products (BA expires: Jan‐ 2011.)

COYMPC-00x (16) COYMPC-D00x (16)

Porta Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

FOCUS 48/72

Telect

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

ADF-26F-XI up to 2304(12) ADF-600F-XI

Equipment Racks(13) LCX Panels(13) WaveTrax(13)

Westell

(BA Expires: Jan‐2011) VirtualEdge Family (enclosures)(26)

Per Manufacturer

Per Manufacturer

See page 2.5.3.3 and 2.5.3.4 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 65 of 168

2.5.3.3 02-19-2010

sj

Notes: 1. Recommended for use only in central offices with restricted access to unauthorized personnel. 2. Consult the manufacturer for ordering procedures concerning splice capacity, connector

options, pigtails, or jumpers and stub options. 3. UL listed and may also be used as a Fiber Optic Cable Building Entrance Terminal. 4. It does not include “Bullet Bond” Shield Bonding Connector. 5. Replace blank with 1UB or 24B. 6. Replace blank with 3.5PS or 5PS. 7. Replace blank with 7P or 7PS. 8. Replace blank with letter(s) P or PS. 9. WDM splitters not included. 10. Replace Xs with appropriate number of terminations plus SCA (SCAPC) or SCU (SCUPC). 11. Replace Xs with SCA (SCAPC) or SC (SCUPC); equipped with an OFNR stub cable, pre-

terminated one end with connectors. 12. Acceptance of Advance Distribution Frame (ADF) includes ADF-26F-IC, ADF-12-INT-XI, ADF-12-

INT-IC, ADF-12-INT, Network Element Modules, Inter-facility Modules, Patch & Slice Combination Modules, High-Density Fan-Out Module, and Value-Added Modules.

13. Acceptance Details: Equipment Racks (2008 Telect catalog pages 24-74), LCX Panels (2008

Telect catalog pages 88-89), and WaveTrax (2008 Telect catalog pages 142—148) 14. Acceptance Details: FieldSmart Fiber Delivery Point (FDP) (2008 Clearfield Ordering Spec pages

52, 53, 54, 55, 55A, 55B). Acceptance includes ruggedized pigtails (2008 Clearfield Ordering Spec pages 57, 58).

15. Acceptance Details: OMX600 (5/07 103742AE Optical Distribution Frames Ordering Guide pages

94 - 106). 16. Acceptance includes standard and deep depth designs with customer defined accessories. 17. Replace Xs with appropriate number of terminations from 06 – 48 fibers. 18. NGF, NG3®, 8-inch FCM, LSX, OMX600 Includes Passive Optical Splitter Modules, Value-Added

Module (VAM) System, and Fiber Cable Assemblies (Acceptance Details: 5/07 103742AE Optical Distribution Frames Ordering Guide pages 3 - 106).

19. Acceptance Details: FMT (10/7 103743AE Fiber Optic Panels Ordering Guide Pages 14 – 30) 20. Acceptance Details: FPL (10/7 103743AE Fiber Optic Panels Ordering Guide Pages 31 – 43)

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 66 of 168

2.5.3.4 08-31-2010 sj

21. Acceptance Details: FL1000 (10/7 103743AE Fiber Optic Panels Ordering Guide Pages 63 – 72) 22. Acceptance Details: FL1000 (10/7 103743AE Fiber Optic Panels Ordering Guide Pages 63 – 72)

23. Domestic acceptance is contingent on: MultiOpt™ MTCA – must have cable included;

CentralOpt™ FDT – must be populated with more than 12 modules; MultiOpt™ FDT – must specify U.S. made cable; CentralOpt™ Splitter Module Chassis – must be unpopulated and specified made in Mexico.

24. Acceptance includes CG-500, CG-1000, CG-1000XL, CG-1500, and CG-2000.

25. Acceptance Details: As per product catalog no. 965-009-10 (includes pigtails).

26. Acceptance includes A90-VEWM20, A90-VEWM60, A90-VEWM66SC, A90-VEWM90, A90-VEUE30, and associated panels and accessories.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 67 of 168

2.5.5 02-28-2011

sk

sk - Pedestal Inserts(1)sk – a – Copper Restricted Access

Manufacturer Catalog No. Max. Splice Diameter

Maximum Splice Sizes

25 pr. Modules Single Pair Connectors

3M (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

4604 64mm (2.5 in.) 100-Pair 50-Pair 4606 99mm (3.9 in.) 300-Pair 100-Pair 4608 135mm (5.3 in.) 600-Pair 300-Pair 4634 57mm (2.25 in.) 100-Pair 50-Pair 4635 102mm (4.0 in) 300-Pair 100-Pair 4636 137mm (5.4 in.) 600-Pair 300-Pair

4636-XL 140mm (5.5 in.) 900-Pair 400-Pair 4637-XL 191mm (7.5 in.) 1200-Pair 400-Pair

Uraseal (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

SAP-IICPR3N 76mm (3.0 in.) 200-Pair 200-Pair SAP-IICPR4N 102mm (3.0 in.) 300-Pair 300-Pair SAP-IICPR5N 127mm (3.0 in.) 400-Pair 400-Pair

See note on page 2.5.5.1

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 68 of 168

2.5.5.1 01-31-2011 sk

sk - Pedestal Inserts(1) sk – b – Fiber Access

Manufacturer Catalog No. Maximum Splice AFL Telecommunications(5)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Lightlink Series: LL400, LL400b, LL400s (includes PON-SDP1224)

240 fusion

Clearfield Inc. (Conditional Acceptance

(3))

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Field Smart Fiber Delivery Point(FDP)

144 fusion

Tyco Electronics (4)

(BA expires: Jan‐2012.) FIBRBox C and B versions 96 fusion/288 mass

Notes:

1. Pedestal restricted inserts should not be filled. Splices that require filling should be placed in a splice case. 2. Maximum splice sizes will vary with type of connector and/or gauge of cable used. 3. For use in manufacturer specified Agency Listed pedestals, fiber optic cables, and with an appropriate central

strength member clamp (3M 2172 or equivalent) as designed and warranted by Clearfield. Use requires proper manufacturer training and strict installation procedures to ensure all warranties.

4. For use in manufacturer-specified Agency-listed pedestals as designed and warranted by Tyco. 5. For use in manufacturer-specified Agency-listed pedestals as designed and warranted by AFL.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 69 of 168

2.6 02-28-2011 ps;sp

                    

ps - Buried Plant Housing Sealer

Manufacturer Catalog Number

3M (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

    Vol. (cu. in). 

4411 A Bag  750 B Bag  100 D Bag  250 

Courtaulds Aerospace (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Semco PR‐820‐2  62 Cu. In. Semco PR‐820‐6  224 Cu. In. Semco PR‐820‐8  336 Cu. In. Semco PR‐820‐20  805 Cu. In. Semco PR‐820  4200 Cu. In. 

J.A.D.E., Ltd. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

  Weight (oz.)  Vol. (cu. in). PIG  375  3  54 PIG  470  4  84 PIG  650  6  126 PIG  825  8  171 PIG  1050  10  324 PIG  1080  16  540 

Rainbow Technology (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Rainbow Fire Ant & Insect Killer granules (RTC#4480) , Rainbow Insect Tags (RTC #4049) , Rainbow High Tech InsectTape (RTC #4045) 

Uraseal (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Drain‐N‐Seal Pedestal Sealing Foam W. R. Grace (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Polycel 100    

sp - Duct Sealer

Manufacturer  Catalog Number

3M (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  4416 Belden (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  TBTDSK 

Courtaulds Aerospace (BA expires: Jan‐ 2011.) 

  Vol. (cu. in). Semco PR‐821‐2  27 Semco PR‐821‐6  75 Semco PR‐821‐8  110 Semco PR‐821‐20  317 Semco PR‐821‐1  3337 

Tyco Electronics (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  TDUX(1) 

Tyco Electronics Jackmoon (ND Listing expires: Feb‐2013) 

 Blank Duct Plugs Custom Duct Plugs Quadplex Duct Plugs Square Duct Plugs Triplex Duct Plugs FO Simplex Plugs Simplex Entry Seals 

Notes: 1.  Follow manufacturer’s recommendation when ordering for appropriate duct sizes and/or      maximum cable(s) outside diameters  

 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 70 of 168

2.7 02-19-2010 hm

hm - Precast Concrete Manholes(1) Manufacturer Base Size Catalog Number

Advance Concrete Products (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

12'x5'x6'6"

A Manhole 12'x6'x7' A-1 Manhole 8'x4'x6' SA Manhole 8'x4'x6' SJ Manhole 12'x6'x7' J3-1 Manhole 12'x6'x7' High-Mount T Carrier 12'x6'x9'6" Manhole 4'x4'x6'9" Telephone Vault

Amcor, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

3.5'x5'x3'

UV 3.553-REA-H 3.5'x5'x3' UV 3.553-REA-L 4'x6'x7' UVMB467 6'x8'x7' UVMB687-PM 6'x12'x7' UVMB6127

Armorcast (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 48"x48"x48" A6000514HTAPC(4)

36”x60” A6001833HTA Series

Oldcastle Precast, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

4'x4'

REA 300FPB42T 4'x8' REA 4080FM72 4'-6"x8'6" REA 510FM78 5'x10'6" REA 650FM78 5'x12' REA 6000FM78 6'x12' REA 6000FM84 6'x12' REA 6000DM84

Capitol Concrete Products, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

4'x8'x3'

CCPMH 483 4'x8'x6' CCPMH 486 4'x8'x7' CCPMH 487 4'x8'x8' CCPMH 488

Champion Precast, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

8’x4’x6’

080-040-060K 8’x8’x8’ 080-080-080KJ 10’x6’x7’ 100-060-070TJ 12’x6’x7’ 120-060-070T

Elk River Concrete Products Company of Montana (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

5'x5'2"

EV 505.2-S 5'x5'2" EV 505.2-D 5'x9'3" EV 509.3-S 5'x9'3" EV 509.3-D 5'x13'4" EV 513.4-S 5'x13'4" EV 513.4-D 4'x6' EV 406 48" ROUND EV 48-D

Foley-Brogdon (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

2'x2'

Model 222 3'x3' Model 333 4'-2"x4'2" Model 444 6'x6' Model 6060 4'-6"x8'-6" Model 8545 5'x10'6" Model 1050 5'x10'6" Model 1050S 6'x8' Model 8060 6'x12' Model 1260 8'x8' Model 8080 9'x12' Model 1290 6'x10' Model 1060

See page 2.7.3 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 71 of 168

2.7.1 08-31-2010

hm hm - Precast Concrete Manholes(1)

Manufacturer Base Size Catalog Number

Hartford Concrete Products(2) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

5'x10'

REA 10-5 Series(2) 4'x8' REA 8-4 Series 4'x4' REA 4-4-4

Hawaii Precast, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

3'x5'

3x5(3)

4'x6'6" 4x6 5'x10'6" 5x10 6'x12' 6x12

Jensen Pre-Cast Concrete Products Co. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

3'x5'x3'

REA 3660-TA 3'x6'x3' REA 3672-TA 4'x4'x4' REA 4848 4'x6'-6"x3' REA 466-TA 4'6"x8'6"x6'6" REA PTS-65 5'x10'-6"x7' REA 38-5706-U-7 6'x12'x7' REA 384-4046-1 6'xvariablex9' REA PTS-69 6'xvariablex9' REA PTS-69-I

LAR-KEN (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 4’8”x4’8”x4’8” Series 350, Model LK 3'8"x3'8”xH (variable to 4' (O.D.)) Series 200, K200T33V 3’x3’x3’ (I.D.STD) Series 200, K200T33V 8'6"x5'9"xH (3'11” variable to 7'5") Series 1500, K1500T583/7 11’8”x5’9”xH (variable to 7’5”) Series 2000, LK2000T1157

A.C. Miller Concrete Products Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

3'x3'

REA-3x3 4'x4' REA-4x4 4'x6' REA-4x6 4'x7'-9" REA-18 4'6"x10'6" REA-20 5'x12' REA-38Y 6'x12' REA-38Y 6'x6' REA-6x6 6'x8' REA-6x8 5'x10'6" REA-5x10.6 8'x8' REA-8x8 10'x10' REA-10x10

See page 2.7.3 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 72 of 168

2.7.2 02-19-2010 hm

hm - Precast Concrete Manholes(1) Manufacturer Base Size Catalog Number Northwest Pipe & Tank, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 4'10"x4'10"x4' #8-C244

7’x5’x7’ #8-C257(5)

Ornamental Poles, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 6'x12' REA-Y

Pre Cast Concrete Company, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 5'10"x10'4"x7'2" Type AA

Pre-Cast Manufacturing Company (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

3'-6"x6'

T-36656 6'x12' T-6127 5'x10' T-5107

R.C.P. Vaults (Division of Pacific International Pipe& Engineering, Inc.) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

2'-6"x2'6"x2'

76649 Handhole 2'-3"x5'2-1/2"x2'6" 25-TA Splicing Vault 4'x6'x6' 466-TA 5'x9'x7'2" 4484-TA 5'x9'x7'2" 4484-TCA 5'8"x11'2"x7'5" 5106-TA 5'8"x11'2"x7'5" 5106-TCA 6'0"x12'x7' 612-TA 6'x12'x7' 612-TCA 7'x12'x7'6" 712-CLS 8'x14' 814 (3)

Rotondo Precast (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

2'x2'

RUS-22- 3'x3' RUS-33- 4'x4' RUS-44- 4'x6' RUS-46- 6'x6' RUS-66- 6'x8' RUS-68- 6'x10' RUS-610- 6'x12' RUS-612- -38Y 6'x12' RUS-6127- -OB 6'x12' RUS-6127- -SB 8'x8' RUS-88-

Southeast Precast Concrete Products Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

6'x12'

REA 127 4'x8' REA 86 5'x10' REA 510 4'x4' REA 504

See page 2.7.3 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 73 of 168

2.7.3 02-19-2010

hm hm - Precast Concrete Manholes(1)

Manufacturer Base Size Catalog Number

Utility Concrete (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

3'x4’x4'

34 1/4 8'x4’x6' 84 1/4 22"x22"x36" 23 6/8 2'x2’x2'-10" 22 2/10 4'x4’x4' 44 1/4 4'x4’x6' 44 3/4 10'x5’x7' 105 1/4 12'x6’x7' 126 1/16 12'x6’x10' 126 3/16 12'x6’x12' 126 5/16 15'x6’x9' 156 1/4 15'x6’x12'6" 156 2/4

Utility Precast, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

6'x12'

A Series 5'x10' B Series 4-1/2'x8-1/2' C Series

Utility Vault (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

4'x6’

466TA 4'x4’x4' 444-LA 4'-2"x4'-2" 504-LA 4'-2"x6'-6" 577-LA 5'10"x10'-10" 510Y 6'10"x12'-10" 38-612-Y 2'-3"x5'2-1/2"x2'4" 25 TA 2'-3"x5'2-1/2"x3'4" 253 TA 3'-1"x6'7"x4'1-1/2" 264 TA 5'x9'x7'2" 4484-type 5'4"x9'4"x7'6" 4686-type 5'8"x11'2"x7'2" 5106-type 6'1"x11'7"x7'5" 38Y-type 8'8"x10'8"x8'6" 810 TA 7'10"x12'11"x8'7" 712 LA 8'x14'x6'6" through 12' 814-66 TA through 814-12 TA 8'x18'x6'6" through 12' 818-66 TA through 818-12 TA 3’8”x5’8”x4’9-1/2” GTE35 Pullbox 3’8”x5’8”x4’9-1/2” GTE Intercept Pullbox 4’10”x6’10”x7’6 467-TA

Notes: (1) Consult manufacturer for ordering procedure concerning depth of the hole (Headroom),

type of manhole (A, J, L, T), and extension sections. (2)Equipped with 27-inch frame and cover made by Dewery Brothers Foundry. (3)This manhole comes with an option for a D and L Foundry A1381 cast iron cover with

security bolts. (4)This manhole comes with Alhambra Foundry Cover, drawing No. A-1133. (5)This manhole can be 6 feet in height.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 74 of 168

2.8 01-31-2011

sd sd - Mobile Home Posts Manufacturer Catalog Number 3F Fabrication ,LLC 3F-48MP-4x10-MG (BA expires: Jan‐2012) 3F-72OP-8x16-MG Corning Cable Systems AMHP-1(2) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Indiana Pressed THP-1E(1) Steel (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Emerson Network Power, MHP(2) - Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Notes: (1)Limited to use in noncorrosive areas only. (2)Adjustable to 3 feet, 3-1/2 feet, and 4 feet.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 75 of 168

2.9 02-28-2011 wt

wt - Pole Mounted Wire Terminals

Manufacturer Catalog Number

wt-a Unprotected Filled Blocks 1-Pair 10-Pair 12-Pair 20-Pair 25-Pair 30-Pair 50-Pair Belden, inc.(1) -- -- -- -- C-2516 -- C-2518 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Channell -- -- -- -- BMT60925B7 Series -- BMT650B7 Series (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems 5533G -- -- -- -- -- -- (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Tyco Electronics(1) (DTerminator 2) -- DT2-PMT DT2-PMT DT2-PMT DT2-PMT DT2-PMT DT2-PMT (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

wt-b Protected Filled Blocks 1-Pair 10-Pair 12-Pair 20-Pair 25-Pair 30-Pair 50-Pair

Belden, Inc.(1)(2)

-- -- -- -- C-2517 -- -- (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Tyco Electronics(1) (DTerminator 2) -- DT2-PMP DT2-PMP DT2-PMP DT2-PMP DT2-PMP DT2-PMP (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Notes:

1. Order stub cable length in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. These protected blocks use the Energy Network Power, Energy Systems Communications 1557 (R-800) cable-class

"medium duty" arrester. 3. These protected blocks use the DTerminator 2 cable-class "heavy duty" arrester. Add details on Tyco types of

protection i.e. – (1) Fail-Safe 265-600V 24 AWG protection for OSP applications and (2) Fail-Safe/Vent Safe 265-600V 24 AWG protection, which can be used for primary protection.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 76 of 168

2.10 02-28-2011

drk

drk - Damage Repair Kits (1) Manufacturer Type Designation

Belden, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Kold-N-Klose System

Preformed Line Products (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) SERVISEAL Closure Series BLACK-JACK Closure Series

Telepak (3) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Splice & Seal System

Tyco Electronics (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) GS3-1650 Series Splice Closure

Uraseal (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Shake N' Seal FOD-40

Notes:

(1)Damage repair kits are for RUS new construction purposes only. (2)The Structure Armorcast Material included in this kit can be purchased by itself as

“4560 Armorcast Structure Material.” (3)Applicable for both pressurized and non-pressurized cable repairs. Must specify repair

application.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 77 of 168

2.11 01-31-2011 oco

oco - Fiber Cable Slack Organizer

Manufacturer Product Series

ADC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) FiberGuide® Systems (FGS) optical raceways(5)

Armorcast (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) A600XXXX(3)

Multilink Broadband (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 21 (1)(2) (Sno-Shoe)

TDI (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 6500-XX-X FTTP Piggyback®

Tunnel Mill (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) BPS182720 Cone

U304824(4)

Notes:

(1)Fill in blanks with available sizes - 10", 16", 21", or 24". (2)Available with ADSS Versions, staking kits, and extensions. (3) Acceptance includes one piece without access panel, one piece with access panel or spit covers for mounting outside plant housing enclosures. (4)Accepted with the B365406-12 adapter/cover for mounting outside plant housing enclosure (5)Acceptance Details: FGS (12/07 104892AE FGS 2nd Edition Ordering Guide 118 pages).

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 78 of 168

02-05 Item Designation Page Connectors, shield bonding........................................................ gh ................................................... 3.1 Copper Cable and Wire Connectors .......................................... gh-a ................................................ 3.1 Armored Fiber Optic Cable Connectors ..................................... gh-b ................................................ 3.1 Connectors, splicing ................................................................... cm ................................................... 3.1.2 Harnesses, bonding connector .................................................. gs .................................................... 3.3

• #6 AWG Stranded Harness Wires ................................ gs-a ................................................ 3.3 • #6 AWG Braid ............................................................... gs-b ................................................ 3.3 • #14 AWG Insulated Harness Wires .............................. gs-a ................................................ 3.3.1 • #6 AWG Insulated Harness Wires ................................ gs-b ................................................ 3.3.1

Harnesses, shield connector isolation ....................................... gt .................................................... 3.3.2 Markers, cable ............................................................................ tm ................................................... 3.2 Numerals, decal type ................................................................. sm ................................................... 3.5 Signs, warning ............................................................................ sm ................................................... 3.5 Sleeves, filled plastic .................................................................. sv .................................................... 3.4

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 79 of 168

3.1 01-31-2011

gh

gh - Shield Bonding Connectors (Complies with PE-33)

Manufacturer Catalog Number

gh-a Copper Cable and Wire Connectors Cable Connectors Service Wire Connectors Outside Cable Diameters Less than 1.0 to Greater than 1.0 inch 1.5 inch 1.5 inch A.K. Stamping 400-366-332(2) 400-366-340 400-366-357 - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) (8544 B Bond #1) (8544 B Bond #2) (8544 B Bond #3)

Electric Motion EM2 (6)BM(7) - - - (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) EM2 (6)B1(8) EM2 (6)B2(9) EM2 (6)B3(10) EM-3956 (1)(3)

3M 4462SN 4462SN 4462SN - 4462SNA 4462SNA 4462SNA - (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Preformed Line - - - 8000733(1) Products (Servi-Bond) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

gh-b Armored Fiber Optic Cable Connectors

Outside Cable Diameters

Less than Greater than 0.75 inch 0.75 inch A.K. Stamping 400366332-MB - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) (Mini B Bond)

Electric Motion EM2 (6)BM(7) EM2 (6)B2(9) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) EM2 (6)B1(8) EM2 (6)B3(10)

3M 4460D(4) 4460D(4) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 4460DFO(5) 4460DFO(5)

See page 3.1.1 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 80 of 168

3.1.1 01-05 gh Notes: (1)For use only at station protector. (2)Not to be used on cables less than 0.50 inches in diameter. (3)Replace blank with either the letters H, R, RO, RR, RW, or RLB to indicate the type of mounting bracket

to be used with the protector of the Network Interface Device (NID) (4)To be used with armored fiber optic cables using the central strength member design. (5)To be used with armored fiber optic cables using the strength member embedded in the outer jacket

design. (6)Replace blank with the number 0 to indicate one (1) stud or the letter B to indicate two (2) studs. (7)For use with cables having outdoor diameters less than 0.5 inch. (8)For use with cables having outdoor diameters equal to and greater than 0.5 inch but less than 0.8 inch. (9)For use with cables having outside diameters equal to and greater than 0.8 inch but less than 1.6 inches. (10)For use with cables having outside diameters equal to and greater than 1.6 inches.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 81 of 168

3.1.2 02-28-2011

cm cm - Connectors

Manufacturer Catalog Number

Splicing Connectors for Copper Conductors(2) Splicing Connectors (1 Conductor) Moisture Resistant Nonmoisture Resistant(1) 3M Company ScotchlokTM UR2 -

(BA expires: Jan‐2012.) " UCC(4)

" UP2 " UY2 " UPB " UB2A " UPC " 211 " UB2A " UAL " UR2 " UDW2 " " UY2 UG " UR " UY Channell Discrete IDC Connectors(8) Discrete IDC Connectors(8) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Tyco Electronics 552678-2(3 wts) 552795-4 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 1-552678-2 1-552795-4

552795-2 552966-4 552966-2 555790-2 553017-2 (Half-Tap ts) 60945-4 1-553017-2 60947-3 555790-1 555791-1 552965-2 Splicing Connectors (1-Pair) Moisture Resistant Nonmoisture Resistant(1) Belden, Inc. 709SC 709SD (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Connector Modules (5-Pair) Straight Splice Bridge Splice Half-Tap Splice Connector Modules (10-Pair) Straight Splice Bridge Splice Half-Tap Splice See page 3.1.4 for notes

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 82 of 168

3.1.3 02-28-2011 cm Connector Modules (20-Pair) Straight Splice Bridge Splice Half-Tap Splice Connector Modules (25-Pair) Straight Splice Bridge Splice Half-Tap Splice 3M Company (22-26 AWG) 710-SC1-25 710-BC1-25 710-TC1-25 (19-24 AWG) 710-SCL-25 710-BC1-25 710-TCL-25 (ND Listing expires: Oct‐2012.)  (22-28 AWG) 4000-D(3) 4005-DPM(6) 4008-D(3) (22-28 AWG) 4000-DT/TR(3) 4005-DPM/FR 4008-D/CO (22-28 AWG) 4000-DWP/TR 4008-G/TR (22-28 AWG) 4000-D/CO (22-26 AWG)) 4000-G/TR(7) 4005-GMB/TR(7) 4000-G/TR(7)   (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Tyco Electronics(11) 737830-2 737830-2 1-737830-2 1-737830-2 737832-2 737832-2 1-737832-2 1-737832-2 737834-2 737834-2 1-737834-2 1-737834-2 (ND Listing expires: Feb‐2013.) See page 3.1.4 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 83 of 168

3.1.4 01-31-2011

cm

cm – Connectors

Manufacturer Splicing Connectors for Optical Fibers

Passive Tunable Mass

3M Company (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Fibrlok Optical Fiber Splice

ADC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

MST (9) (2/4 & 6/8 ports)

Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

OptiTap and OptiTip

 

Notes:

1. Non-moisture resistant connectors are to be used only on plastic-insulated non-filled cables

utilizing airtight splice enclosures and when moisture protection is provided by pressurization. 2. Connectors in strip form may be used. Always use tool recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Use 4075-S grease box in all applications except pressurized cables. 4. For clearing and capping only. 5. Not to be used on 19-gauge waterproof cable with solid polypropylene or high density

polyethylene insulated conductors. 6. Use either 4077-A, 4077-B, 4077-C, or 4077-D grease box in all applications except pressurized

cables. 7. Does not require the use of a grease box. 8. Includes 8A, 8A/1, 8B, 8C/1, 11A. 9. The OmniReach FTTX Solution Multiport Service Terminal (MST) is a pre-connectorized outside

plant hardened PON terminal that may be deployed as a stand alone aerial end user service pole/messenger terminal or in an enclosure for buried or underground end user service distribution.

10. Fiber Optic Mechanical Splice System includes RCAT equipment. 11. All listed Tyco Electronics modules may use the appropriate grease boxes (737823-1 and

737823-2).

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 84 of 168

3.2 01-31-2011

tm

tm - Cable Markers Manufacturer Catalog Number

Cable Route

Lite Industries, Inc.(5) UIT-11414 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) UIT-11415

UIT-11416 UIT-11417 UIT-11418 Cott Manufacturing Co. Fat Fink® (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Color-Coded Tags

Brady (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) B-871(2) Hickory Printing Group, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) PC-2(3) Tech Products (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) EL2(series) U.G. Products (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 100(1)

Wrap Around ACP International DN-32 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

DN-33 DN-34 DN-35 DN-36 Multilink MFM-12 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) MFM-15

MFM-20

Sleeves

ACP International DH-1(4) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) DH-6

DH-M(4)

Write-On Brady (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) PWC-PK LEM (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) PPCL-BW Panduit Corp. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) PSCB Thomas & Betts Corp. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) WM-BW3 WM-BW5 See page 3.2.1 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 85 of 168

3.2.1 07-05 tm

Notes:

1. The catalog number is suffixed with the letter R, B, or W to indicate Red, Blue or White bands. 2. The catalog number is suffixed with the letter B, G or Y to indicate Blue, Green or Yellow

color coded tags.

3. The catalog number is suffixed with the letter B, G, W or Y to indicate Blue, Green, White or Yellow color coded tags.

4. Indicate Heat Shrink Sleeve length.

5. An added “D” to the part number would indicate that (1) a Quick Disconnect comes with the

Isolation Terminal in place of the barrel compression splice; and that (2) it includes rubber cold shrink to go over the Quick Disconnect

6. When ordering specify by color and wording.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 86 of 168

3.3 01-31-2011 gs

gs - Bonding Connector Harnesses Manufacturer Catalog Number

gs-a - #6 AWG Stranded Harness Wires

Bonding in Aerial, Buried or Underground Splice Cases, and Ready-Access Enclosures Non-insulated Insulated 10" Length 20" Length 22" Length 10" Length 20" Length 22" Length Electric Motion Company EM8100-10B.10 EM8100-20B.10 EM8100-22B.10 EM8100-10.10 EM8100-20.10 EM8100-22.10 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

LSW LSW 6-10 LSW 6-20 LSW 6-22 LSW 6-10C LSW 6-20C LSW 6-22C (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Bonding in Buried Plant Housings

Non-insulated Insulated 6" Length 11" Length 18" Length 6" Length 11" Length 18" Length Electric Motion Company EM8100-6B.10 EM8100.11B.10 EM8100-18B.10 EM8100-6.10 EM8100.11.10 EM8100-18.10 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

LSW LSW 6-06 LSW 6-11 LSW 6-18 LSW 6-06C LSW 6-11C LSW 6-18C (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

gs-b - #6 AWG Braid

Bonding in Aerial, Buried, or Underground Splice Cases, Ready-Access Enclosures, and Buried Plant Housings

Non-insulated Insulated A.K. Stamping A1163 - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Electric Motion Company EM-2050 EM-2051 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Excelco 579203-25 - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

3M 25T(4) 25/4467(4) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

See page 3.3.1 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 87 of 168

3.3.1 01-31-2011

gs

gs - Bonding Connector Harnesses (Stranded Type Wire)

Buried Service Wire (Bare Metal Shields Only)

Manufacturer Catalog Number

gs-a - #14 AWG Insulated Harness Wires

Bonding at Station Protector (Network Interface Device) 7" Length Corning Cable Systems GH-13(1) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Electric Motion Company EM1407TFFR(1) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Engineered Products Co. EH-13(1) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

LSW LSW-5(1) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Preformed Line Products 8000739(2) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

gs-b - #6 AWG Insulated Harness Wires

Bonding in Buried Plant Housings

15" Length 36" Length Electric Motion Company EM3955-6L/8100-15(3) EM3955-6L/8100-36(3) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Notes: (1)Harnesses equipped with AMP's #329860 Termi-FoilR connector at one end for attachment to the

bare metal shield of the service wire. (2)Harnesses equipped with Preformed Line Products' 8000733 connector at one end for attachment to

the bare metal shield of the service wire. (3)Harnesses equipped with Electric Motion's EM3955 connector at one end for attachment to the bare

metal shield of the service wire. (4)When ordering, state 3-inch eyelets.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 88 of 168

3.3.2 01-31-2011 gt

gt - #6 AWG Shield Connector Isolation Harnesses(1)(2) (Strand Type Wire)

Buried Service Wire (Bare Metal Shields Only)

Manufacturer Catalog Number Buried Plant Housings Only 15" Length 36" Length Electric Motion Co. EM 3955-6S/8100-15 BARP(3) EM 3955-6S/8100-36 BARP(3) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Notes:

(1)Restricted for use only where location of buried service wire shields is required at dairy or hog farm facilities to help alleviate stray voltage effects.

(2)When these harness wires are used, a warning tag shall be placed on the buried service wire to alert

the technician that a voltage difference may be present and that temporary bond strap shall be applied between the service wire shield and connector plate of the buried plant housing before performing any work in the buried plant housing. The temporary bond shall be removed after work is completed in the buried plant housing.

(3)Harnesses are equipped with Electric Motion's EM 3955-BARP shield isolation connector at one end

for attachment to the bare metal shield of the service wire.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 89 of 168

3.4 02-19-2010

sv

sv - Filled Plastic Sleeves

sv – b Plastic Sleeves for Copper Manufacturer Catalog Number Jameson (W. G. Pearson) Order by size and description (BA expires: Jan. 2011.)

Note: Splicing connectors and plastic sleeves are to be used only on conductor sizes and types and

splicing arrangements as recommended by the connector and sleeve manufacturers.

sv - Plastic Sleeves

sv – b Plastic Sleeves for fiber

Manufacturer Catalog Number Tyco Electronics SMOUV

(ND Listing expires 04/30/2011.) 

Note: Splicing connectors and plastic sleeves are to be used only on conductor/fiber sizes and types

and splicing arrangements as recommended by the connector and sleeve manufacturers.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 90 of 168

3.5 01-31-2011 sm

sm - Buried Plant Warning Signs, Stakes and Decal Markings Manufacturer Catalog Number

sm-a Decal Type Warning Signs and Markings(1)(2) Non-Reflective Warning Signs Numerals & Letters Symbols ACP International (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) X X - Michael J. Arnold & Co.(11) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) X X X

W. H. Brady (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) X X - Color Arts, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) X X - Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems X X - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

May Advertising Corp. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) X X - Tech Products (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) X X X Vernon Company (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) X - - Vulcan Signs (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) X X -

sm-b Decal Type Warning Signs and Markings(1)(2) Reflective Warning Signs Numerals & Letters Symbols 3M Company - No. 5000(5) No. 5002 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) No. 5005(6)

No. 5025(6) ACP International CBC36RY CBC36RY - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) CBC36RO CBC36RO

Michael J. Arnold & Co.(11) MJADWR MJAD__(12)R MJADSR (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

W. H. Brady (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) - 5905 Series - William Frick & Co. CAUT-BC/IND REF1.5(5)(16) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) OREF1.5(6)(16)

REF3T(5) OREF3T(6) Vulcan Signs (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) UCM Series UEC Series - See page 3.5.3 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 91 of 168

3.5.1 01-31-2011

sm

sm - Buried Plant Warning Signs, Stakes and Decal Markings Manufacturer Catalog Number

sm-c Signs and Stakes Cable Splice Cable Route Warning ACP International(3) PD(2), PDOC(2) PD(2), PDOC(2) PD(2) , PDOC(2) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) ACP(18)-66, 72, 78 ACP(18)-66, 72, 78 ACP(18)-66, 72, 78

PV-4, 6, 12 PV-4, 6, 12 PV-4, 6, 12 ACP-BM-53(2) Carsonite (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) - - Impactor Decal Industries(4) - - FP__(7)-__(8)D__(9) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Emerson Network Power, 1SP41233 1SP41232 1SP4121 Energy Systems(3) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

GreenLine(4) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) - - FLU1RD96016 J. Miller Industries, Inc.(6) - - JMI-375-096-OR-100 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Lyle Signs Inc.(3)(4) UT-55 UT-54 UT-53 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Maloney Technical Products(6) - - MRKR™ (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

May Advertising Corp.(3)(4) BM55-MABCS 412 BM54-MACR 412 BM53-MABC 412 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Michael J. Arnold MJABCSA MJA930615(13) MJACBC & Co.(3)(4) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) - - MJA__(14) Pro-Mark (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) PM-303 PM-303 PM-303 Quantum (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) - - QM-375 Repnet (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) REA/PSA-1 REA/PSA-2 REA/PSA-3 Rustproof Signs, Inc.(3) R-709 R-710 R-708 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) - - R-666

SArgent-SOwell(3) 49PHV067 49PHV069 49PHV068 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Vulcan Signs(3)(4) UCM-102 UCM-101 UCM-505 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

W. H. Brady B-11(3) B-13(3) B-12(3) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) - - BL1

- - BL2 William Frick & Co.(4) BC-SPLICE(3) CABLE-RT(3) BC-CAUTION(3) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) DM3, DMTS3 DM3, DMTS3 DM3, DMTS3 See page 3.5.3 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 92 of 168

3.5.2 01-31-2011 sm

sm - Buried Plant Warning Signs, Stakes and Decal Markings Manufacturer Catalog Number

sm-c Signs and Stakes Mounting Stakes ACP International UC-8/GR(20) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) UC-8/GLV(20)

Cott Manufacturing Co. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) CottMark® Michael J. Arnold & Co. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) UPC-8__(15) W. H. Brady (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 96920 Carsonite (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) CUM-375 Decal Industries (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) FP__(7)-__(9) William Frick & Co. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) POST-8FT(17) FlexStake 302 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 303

304 305 GreenLine (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) FLU1-96 Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems UP4120__(10) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  J. Miller Industries, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  JMI-375-096-OR Rustproof Signs, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) RP-208N Vulcan Signs (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 82GR See page 3.5.3 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 93 of 168

3.5.3 01-05

sm Notes: (1)All decals should be applied using manufacturers recommended materials and practices. (2)Order by size and description. (3)Stake not included. (4)Signs may be ordered with black lettering on orange background. (5)Available only in black lettering on yellow background. (6)Available only in black lettering on orange background. (7)Blank denotes color of marker. Replace blank with W for White, O for Orange, or G for Green. (8)Blank denotes number and color of decals. Replace blank with 1Y for 1 yellow decal, 2Y for 2

yellow decals, 1O for 1 orange decal, or 2O for 2 orange decals. (9)Blank denotes length of marker in inches. Replace blank with 60, 66, 72, or 78. (10)Blank denotes length of stake in inches. Replace blank with either 72 or 96. (11)Decals may be ordered with black lettering on orange background. (12)Replace blank with "N" for numerals and "L" for letters. (13)Add letter "A" to catalog number to obtain sign with arrows. The six-digit number is the

manufactured date and identifies the purchaser. (14)Replace blank with "TF" for tri-fold and "QF" for quad-fold. (15)Replace blank with "G" for green painted and "GAL" for galvanized. (16)When ordering specify either 1 decal or 4 decals per sheet. (17)When ordering specify either 2 pound or 1.12 pound post. (18)When ordering specify 1 or 2 decals and wording. (19)When ordering specify by color and wording. (20)Replace “UC” with “DL” for 1.12 pound and replace “8” with desired length in ft. (6.5, 10,etc.)

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 94 of 168

10-19-2007 Item Designation Page Arresters, gas tube .............................................................. nh ........................................................ 4.4 " secondary power ................................................ gi ......................................................... 4.5 Blocks, terminal, for use in pedestals ................................. sh ........................................................ 4.6 Building entrance terminal (BET) – Protected .................... ni ......................................................... 4.1 Network interface devices ................................................... nid ....................................................... 4.7 Power Back-up .................................................................... pb ....................................................... 4.8 Protectors, mainframe ......................................................... nm ....................................................... 4.2 " power service .................................................... gg ........................................................ 4.3

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 95 of 168

4.1 01-31-2011

ni

ni – Building Entrance Terminal (BET) - Protected(1)(2)

ni-a Fuseless, Well Mount, Carbon

Manufacturer Pair Count

25-Pair 50-Pair

AFL Telecommunications(8) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

SNI-730/355M(3)(6), 125-EW-R(2)(5), or 356M1(3)(5)

SNI-760/355M(3)(6), 125-EW-R(2)(5), or 356M1(3)(5)

SNI-2900/355M(3)(6), 125-EW-R(2)(5), or 356M1(3)(5)

SNI 4300/355M(3)(6), 125-EW-R(2)(5), or 356M1(3)(5)

SNI-4600/355M(3)(6), 125-EW-R(2)(5), or 356M1(3)(5)

SNI-730/355M(3)(6), 125-EW-R(2)(5), or 356M1(3)(5)

SNI-760/355M(3)(6), 125-EW-R(2)(5), or 356M1(3)(5)

SNI-2900/355M(3)(6), 125-EW-R(2)(5), or 356M1(3)(5)

SNI 4300/355M(3)(6), 125-EW-R(2)(5), or 356M1(3)(5)

SNI-4600/355M(3)(6), 125-EW-R(2)(5), or 356M1(3)(5)

Emerson Network Power, Energy systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

2BT25PMH/1304S, 25P4X4MH/1304S(2) 2BT50PMH/1304S, 50P4X4MH/1304S(2)

ni-b Fuseless, Module, Carbon

Manufacturer Pair Count

25-Pair 50-Pair 100-Pair Emerson Network Power, Energy systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

R134C/3AB

Notes:

1. Designations after the slash “/” mark indicate the arrester unit which RUS has accepted for use in the listed protected building entrance terminal (BET). Unless otherwise noted, no other arrester unit is RUS accepted for use in protected building entrance terminals listed here.

2. Restricted to inside mounting.

3. The arrester module accepted for these protected building entrance terminals is the 3AB carbon arrester module

manufactured by Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems.

4. Must be supplied with 4188C-25, 50, or 100 protector covers, as appropriate to protected building entrance terminal size provided.

5. Blank space replaced with 2, 4, 5, 6, or 7.

6. Blank space replaced with F or R.

7. Blank space or blank space replaced with 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.

8. Acceptance includes ADSL splitters.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 96 of 168

ni – Building Entrance Terminal (BET) - Protected(1) (7)

ni-c Fuseless, Well Mount, Gas Tube Manufacturer Pair Count 25-Pair 50-Pair Emerson Network Power, 2BT25VSRMH/1304VSR2(2)(5) 2BT50VSRMH/1304VSR2(2)(5) Energy Systems 25VSR4X4MH/1304VSR2(2)(5)(7) 50VSR4X4MH/1304VSR2(2)(5)(7) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

ni-d Fuseless, Module, Gas Tube

Pair Count

Manufacturer 6 Pair 12 Pair 25 Pair 50 Pair 100 Pair 300 Pair

AT&T Network Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 189-25/3B1ER(2)(5) 189-50/3B1ER(2)(5) 189-100/3B1ER(2)(5)

Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) NI-3012/USP-123(3)(5) NI-3025/USP-123(3)(5) NI-3050/USP-123(3)(5) NI-3000/USP-123(3)(5)

Emerson Network Power Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

R134C/6U2VS(2)(5)

R134C/3GUVS(3)(4)

BEP__(14)25__(15)/__(19) BEP__(14)50__(15)/__(19) BEP__(14)100__(15)/__(19)

BEPB25__(17)/__(19) BEPB50__(17)/__(19) BEPB100__(17)/__(19)

BEP__(18)25SC__(16)/__(19) BEP__(18)50SC__(16)/__(19) BEP__(18)100SC__(16)/__(19)

See page 4.1.3 for notes.

4.1.1 01-31-2011

ni

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 97 of 168

ni – Building Entrance Terminal (BET) - Protected(1) (7)

ni-d Fuseless, Module, Gas Tube (Cont’d)

Pair Count Manufacturer 6 Pair 12 Pair 25 Pair 50 Pair 100 Pair 300 Pair

CIRCA Enterprises(20)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

1880110US 2612QC/QC 1880ECA1 1880ECA1 1880ECA1 RMPXL300BE

2606QC/QC 1890ECS1 1890ECS1 1890ECS1

1890ECT1 1890ECT1 1890ECT1

1890ECT1/NSC 1890ECT1/NSC

2625QC/QC 4486

Surge Technologies(3)(5)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

ST260 66-12/ST3B1E ST260 66-25/ST3B1E ST188 ENA1-50/ST3B1E ST188 B1-100/ST3B1E

ST260 110-25/ST3B1E ST188 110-50/ST3B1E ST188 ENA1-100/ST3B1E

ST189 B1-50/ST3B1E ST188 110-100/ST3B1E

ST190 A1-50/ST3B1E ST189 B1-100/ST3B1E

ST250 66-50/ST3B1E ST190 A1-100/ST3B1E

ST250 66-100/ST3B1E

TII(3) (ND Listing expires:  10/26/08.)

515 25/355M(6)

516 25/356M1(5)

See page 4.1.3 for notes.

4.1.2 02-19-2010

ni

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 98 of 168

4.1.3 11-05

ni Notes:

1. Designations after the slash "/" mark indicate the arrester unit which RUS has accepted for use in the

listed protected building entrance terminal (BET). Unless otherwise noted, no other arrester unit is RUS accepted for use in protected building entrance terminals listed here.

2. 2-electrode.

3. 3-electrode.

4. Medium duty.

5. Heavy duty.

6. Maximum duty.

7. Restricted to inside mounting.

8. Blank space replaced with 2, 4, 5, or 6.

9. Blank space replaced with F or R.

10. The arrester modules accepted for these 3M protected building entrance terminals are manufactured

by Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems.

11. Must be supplied with 4188C-25, 50, or 100 protector covers, as appropriate to protected building entrance terminal size provided.

12. Blank space replaced with 8 or 9. Also accepted for outdoor mounting.

13. Blank space or blank space replaced with B.

14. Replace the blank space with C, G, or CG.

15. Replace the blank space with C, MM, CF, or FS.

16. Replace the blank space with 6, 12, or 25 feet.

17. Replace the blank space with MM, CF, or FS.

18. Replace the blank space with C or CG.

19. Replace the blank space with 3GUVS(3)(4) or 6U2VS(2)(5). 20. CIRCA arrester units were technically accepted: C3B1E, C4B1E, C3B1S-BAL, C4B1S-BAL, and

C4B3S-75

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 99 of 168

4.2 02-19-2010 nm

nm - Mainframe Protectors(1)(7)

Carbon Manufacturer 10 Pair 50 Pair 100 Pair 300 Pair

Emerson Network Power Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

713/3AB R399/3AB

Porta Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

508PF/35BCN

Gas Tube

Manufacturer 10 Pair 50 Pair 100 Pair 300 Pair

AT&T Network Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

310/3B1ER(2)(5)

CIRCA Enterprises(10) 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 4486 RMPXL300BET

Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

C-388/7A(2)(5)

Emerson Network Power Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

R713/6A20(2)(5) R399/6A20(2)(5)

R713/3G(3)(4) R399/3G(3)(4)

Porta Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

508PF/65BCN(2)(5)

Solid-State(8) Manufacturer 10 Pair 50 Pair 100 Pair 300 Pair

Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

(9)/11A

CIRCA Enterprises (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

2500QC2-100/ CT3B1FS

2500QC2-100/ CT3B1S

4486(10) RMPXL300BET(10)

Emerson Network Power Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

R399/S3AB

See notes on page 4.2.1.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 100 of 168

4.2.1 02-19-2010

nm Notes:

1. Not to be used at subscribers' premises. 2. 2-electrode. 3. 3-electrode. 4. Medium duty. 5. Heavy duty. 6 Maximum duty. 7. Designations after the slash "/" mark indicates the arrester unit which RUS has accepted for use in the

listed protector. Unless otherwise noted, no other arrester unit is RUS accepted for use in protectors listed here.

8. PEG-7, Class I Category. 9. For use with Corning’s C-388 mainframe protector.

10. CIRCA arrester units for were technically accepted. These arrester units include: C3B1E, C4B1E, C3B1S-BAL, C4B1S-BAL, and C4B3S-75

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 101 of 168

4.3 02-19-2010

gg

gg - Power Service Protectors

Manufacturer Catalog Number Maximum Service Voltage: 125/250 Alset Corporation Lightning Shield and Power Guard (1) LS-200, LS-50, PG-200, (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) PG-50

Atlantic Scientific ZoneGuardian Plus #42003 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) " " #43005

" " #43006 ZoneGuardian Series #35029 " " #35030 " " #35031 Corning Cable Systems CP 211 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

EFI Corporation DPI 153 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) DPI 453 Turbo ST

EFI 153 EFI 453 Turbo ST Northern Technologies PLS-II (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 2000344

2000345 2000347 TII 410BM (ND Listing expires: 10/26/08.) 411BM 412BM 422BM See notes on page 4.3.1

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 102 of 168

4.3.1 02-19-2010 gg

gg - Power Service Protectors

Manufacturer Catalog Number Maximum Service Voltage: 125/250 Transtector ACP100BL (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) CPS 150

Tripp Lite ISOBLOK 2-0 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) ISOBAR 2-6

" 4-6 " 8-15 Notes: 1. Acceptance includes Remote Manger, RM-HTTP

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 103 of 168

4.4 01-31-2011

nh

nh – Arrester Units(1) nh-a Gas Tubes

Manufacturer MDF Module Station Module Well Mount

Bourns (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

125-EW-R(2)(5) 2374-01(2)(5) 2375-01(2)(5) 2377-01(3)(5) 2377-45-HS/-BC(3)(6) 2378-35-HS/-BC(3)(5)

Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) USP-123-1(3)(5)

Emerson Network Power Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

6A20(2)(5) 6U2VS(2)(5) 1304VSR(2)(5) 3G(3)(4) 3GUVS(3)(4) G1200-0-350(2)(5)

Porta Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 65BCN(2)(5)

Surge Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) ST3B1E(3)(5) ST356-350V(3)(5)

TII (ND Listing expires: 09/16/11.)

126M(2)(5) 355M(3)(6) 356M1(3)(5) AD-02W-FS(3)(5) AD-01W-LP(3) (5)

See page 4.4.1 for notes

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 104 of 168

4.4.1 01-31-2011 nh

nh – Arrester Units(1) nh-b Solid-State

Manufacturer MDF Module Station Module Bourns (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 2380-27-01(7)

Circa Telecom (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

CT3B1FS(7)(11) CT3B1S(7)(11)

Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 11A(7)(9)

Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) USP-123-3(3)(5)

Surge Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) ST3B1E-BAL(8)

Notes: (1)Arresters listed under this category are not complete protected building entrance terminals (BET)

mainframe protectors, or network interface devices (NID). They are intended for use as components, as accepted and listed, in the protected BETs, mainframe protectors, and network interface device “ni”, “nm”, and “nid” sections of the List of Materials. Arrester units here shall not be used in a BET, mainframe protector or network interface device listed in the “ni”, “nm”, or “nid” sections unless the same arrester unit is listed for use in the particular BET, mainframe protector, or network interface device on the “ni”, “nm”, or “nid” pages.

(2)2-electrode. (3)3-electrode. (4)Medium duty. (5)Heavy duty. (6)Maximum duty. (7)PEG-7, Class I Category. (8)PEG-7, Class II Category. (9)For use with Corning’s C-388. (10) (11)For use with Circa Telecom’s 2500QC2-100.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 105 of 168

4.5 02-19-2010 gi

gi - Secondary Power Arresters Manufacturer Catalog Number Main Service Voltage: 125/250 Signal and Power Power Only ACT Communications(5) - 452-120-XOX (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 452-240-XOX

453-120-XOX 453-240-XOX 453-277-XOX 453-480-XOX 454-120-XOX 454-240-XOX 455-120-XOX 455-240-XOX 455-277-XOX 455-480-XOX 472-120-X0X 472-240-X0X 473-120-X0X 473-277-X0X Advanced Protection Technologies - TE/100 TE/1000 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) TE/200 TE/2000

TE/300 TE/3000 TE/600 TE/6000 Approved Lightning Protection Co. - SA-20 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Atlantic Scientific ZoneSentinel Series #12100

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) " " #12101 " " #12102

" " #12103 ZoneMaster 75 Series #11200 " " #11201 " " #11202 " " #11203 ZoneMaster 140 Series #17100 " " #17101 " " #17102 " " #17103 EFI Corporation - MBP120EFI-Y (4) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

General Electric - 9L15DCB002 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

See page 5.5.2 for notes

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 106 of 168

4.5.1 02-19-2010

gi

gi - Secondary Power Arresters Manufacturer Catalog Number Main Service Voltage: 125/250 (Cont'd) Signal and Power Power Only Joslyn - 1250-__(7) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 1260-__(8)

1261-__(8) 1265-__(9) 1266-__(10) 1450-85 1452-__(11) 1455-__(12) Northern Technologies, Inc. - MMK-BX(6)-OA (1)A (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) DMK-BX(6)- (2) (1)A

Other Service Voltages Signal and Power Power Only AC Data Systems - Surge Blox (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Advanced Protection Technologies - TE/400 TE/4000 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) TE/500 TE/5000

Atlantic Scientific ZoneSentinel Series #12104 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) " " #12105

" " #12106 ZoneMaster 75 Series #11204 " " #11205 " " #11206 ZoneMaster 140 Series #17104 " " #17105 " " #17106 Joslyn - 1250-32-E (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 1263-21

1451-85 1456-__(13) Northern Technologies, Inc. - MMK- (3)X(6)-OA (1)A (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) DMK- (3)X(6)- (2) (1)A

Tesco (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) - TES 1120Y

Transtector - ACP3000 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) CPS Series

APEX Series MCP Series SLIM LINE 120V SLIM LINE 240V See page 5.5.2 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 107 of 168

4.5.2 01-05 gi Notes:

(1)Blank space replaced with S, A, B, or C. (2)Blank space replaced with 10 or 20. (3)Blank space replaced with C,D, E, G, H, or J. (4)Blank space replaced with 1, 2, or 3. (5)(X) denotes manufacturer’s catalog number for optional lamps, alarming, and enclosures. (6)X may be replaced by an E for external enclosure or an I for internal enclosure type. (7)Blank space replaced with 32, 33, or 33-E. (8)Blank space replaced with 21, 41, 45, or 85. (9)Blank space replaced with 21, 41, 45, 85, 85-PM, or 85-PMT. (10)Blank space replaced with 45 or 85. (11)Blank space replaced with 21, 41, 80, 85, or 85-PM. (12)Blank space replaced with 21, 41, 45, 80, 85, or 85-PM. (13)Blank space replaced with 41, 45, 80, 85, or 85-PM.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 108 of 168

sh - Terminal Blocks for Use in Pedestals Manufacturer Catalog Number

sh-a Unprotected Filled IDC Terminal Blocks 1-Pair 2-Pair 5-Pair 6-Pair 10-Pair 12-Pair 15-Pair 25-Pair 50-Pair (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) 3M Company(10) -- -- ID5XXXXXXXXX -- ID10XXXXXXXXX -- - ID25XXXXXXXXX -- (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Channell -- -- -- MRB/CMR06 Series MRT/CMR10 Series -- -- MRT2/CMR25 Series -- (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Emerson Network Power, -- -- RPIS5A(5) RPIS6A(5)(8) RPIS10A(5)(8) RPIS12A(5)(8) -- RPIS25A(5)(8) -- Energy Systems RGIS2SLS(4) RGIS5A(6) RGIS6A(6) RGIS10A(6)(8) RGIS12A(6)(8) -- RGIS25A(6)(8) -- (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) -- -- -- -- -- -- RTIS25A(7)(8) --

Thomas & Betts. -- -- 54866(1,5,8,9) 54867(1,5,8,9) 54868(1,5,8,9) 54869(1,5,8,9) 54070(1,5,8,9) 54071(1,5,8,9) -- (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) -- 2520(1,5,8) 2521(1,5,8) 2522(1,5,8) 2523(1,5,8) 2524(1,5,8) 2525(1,5,8) 2526(1,5,8)

-- 5460002(2) 5460102(2) 5460202(2) 5460302(2) 5460502(2) -- -- Tyco Electronics -- -- PTB-5-AU-4 PTB-6-FS-4 PTB-10-AU-4 PTB-12-AU-4 PTB-15- FS(3) PTB-25-AU-4 PTB-50-AS-6 (DTerminator 2) -- PTB-5-FS(3) PTB-6-FS(3) PTB-10-FS(3) PTB-12-FS(3) PTB-15-FS-50 PTB-25-FS(3) PTB-50-AS(3) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) PTB-6-FU-4 PTB-10-VT-4 PTB-12-FU-4 PTB-15-VT-4 PTB-25-FU-6 PTB-5--FS(3) PTB-12-FU-6 PTB-25-VT-4 PTB-12-VT-6

4.6

02-28-2011

sh

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 109 of 168

4.6.1 02-19-2010

sh

sh - Terminal Blocks for Use in Pedestals Manufacturer Catalog Number

sh-b Unprotected Filled Binding Post Terminal Blocks 1-Pair 2-Pair 5-Pair 6-Pair 10-Pair 12-Pair 15-Pair 25-Pair 50-Pair (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) (w/leads) Emerson Network Power, -- -- RPT5A4G(1) -- RPT10A4G(1) -- -- RPT25A4G(1) -- Energy Systems -- -- RGT5A4G(2) -- RGT10A4G(2) -- -- RGT25A4G(2) -- (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Notes:

1. E/W bottom exit pigtail stub. 2. E/W rear exit pigtail stub. 3. Stub cables accepted in 12 feet and 25 feet lengths using RUS accepted PE-39 or PE-89 cables. Order stub cable in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Can only be ordered stubless from the manufacturer. 5. E/W bottom exit pigtail stub available in 4, 12, or 25 foot lengths. Order pigtail stub in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 6. E/W rear exit pigtail stub available in 4, 12, or 25 foot lengths. Order pigtail stub in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 7. E/W top exit pigtail stub available in 4, 12, or 25 foot lengths. Order pigtail stub in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 8. Can be ordered with a filled cable stub using RUS accepted PE-39 or PE-89 cables in 4, 12, or 25 foot lengths. Order stub cable in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 9. Flat plane block for left and right side drop wire entrance. 10. Contact vendor for pedestal and aerial stub options.

4.6.1 02-05

sh

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 110 of 168

4.7 01-31-2011

nid

nid – Network Interface Devices(1)

nid-a Gas Tube Protection

Manufacturer Catalog Designation AFL(9)   (c/o Petro Comm) 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) SNI 4600/355M(3)(6), 356M1(3)(5), or 125‐EW‐R(2)(5) 

   Bourns Inc. 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  7004, 7090 & 7032 Series NIDs 

   Corning Cable Systems 

(BA expires: Jan‐2012.) UNI‐3003 Series/USP‐123‐1(3)(5)

UNI‐3006 Series/ USP‐123‐1 (3)(5)

   

TII (ND Listing: expires: Dec. 2010.) 

3600/355M(3)(6), 356M1(3)(5), 126M(2)(5), or AD‐02W‐FS(3)(5 3700/355M(3)(6), 356M1(3)(5), 126M(2)(5), or AD‐02W‐FS(3)(5) 6300/355M(3)(6), 356M1(3)(5), 126M(2)(5), or AD‐02W‐FS(3)(5) 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 111 of 168

4.7.1 01-31-2011 nid

nid – Network Interface Devices(1)

nid-b Solid-State Protection(7)

Manufacturer Catalog Designation Corning Cable Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

UNI‐3003 Series/ USP‐123‐3(3)(5)

UNI‐3006 Series/ USP‐123‐3(3)(5)

   

Notes:

(1)Designations after the slash ”/” mark indicate the arrester unit or units, which RUS has accepted for use in the listed network interface device. Unless otherwise noted, no other arrester unit or units is RUS accepted for use in network interface devices listed here. (2)2-electrode. (3)3-electrode. (4)Medium duty. (5)Heavy duty. (6)Maximum duty. (7)Recommended only for customer access installations of 12 pairs and greater. In addition, all pairs shall be terminated in the network interface device whether or not the pairs are in service. (8)PEG-7, Class I Category. (9) Acceptance includes ADSL splitters.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 112 of 168

4.8 01-31-2011 pb

pb – Power Back-up

Manufacturer Product

C&D Technologies (BA expires: Jan. 31, 2011)   

Sageon Micro Power Module Systems Sageon II Bulk Power Systems Sageon II Power Distribution Systems Liberty 1000 and Tel Series Tel Series & UPS High Rate Max msEndur IIFlooded Lead Acid Batteries: MCT, LCT, XTH,DJ, LCY 

Generonix (BA expires: Jan. 31, 2012)   Network Line Power Solution(2) 

Lineage Power (BA expires: Jan. 31, 2011) 

PECO II (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)   128/129 Rectifier System5067 Battery Distribution Fuse Bay (BDFD)827E Inverter System

PECO II (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)    181 Quantum Power System 

ReliOn (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)    Hydrogen Fuel Cell Systems(1) 

Westell (BA Expires: Jan‐2011)   Norantel DC Power Panels (3) 

SHADE Cabinet Family(4) 

Notes:

1. Includes T1000 and T2000 (Users must receive ReliOn training on the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 853 (NFPA, 2003) and NFPA 55 (NFPA, 2005) codes that provide guidance for installation of stationary fuel cell power systems and safe storage, use and handling of compressed gases, respectively.) 

2. Includes Generonix SureReach 2000 (SR2‐12190, SR2‐12190S, SR2‐48190, GX‐1101248, SR2‐2448, SR2‐4823) and Lineage Power network line power units: CPS3200U Upstream System and CPS2500D Downstream System. 

3. Acceptance includes 25C218‐NCY, N180108‐N/0808, N215116‐N‐L31, N215118‐N/L11, N215120‐NCY, N250108‐NCY, N250120‐N130CY, N250120‐N‐L33, N250120NL9, N250140NL34, N280116‐N130CY, and N280116‐NCY. 

4. Acceptance includes A90‐CS60719F2Z (19” Version), A90‐CS610F2Z (23” Version) and the following miscellaneous: Battery Cabinets A90‐CSB619AH‐1Z, A90‐CSB6AH‐1Z, 23” Twelve Inch Skirt A90‐CSB6S12, 19” Pad Template A90‐CSA619‐PT1, 23” Pad Template A90‐CSA6‐PT1, A90‐CSB619AH‐1Z 19” Slide out Battery Box, A90‐CSB6AH‐1Z SHADE 23 Slide out Battery Box. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 113 of 168

07-05 Item Designation Page Access equipment .......................................................... ae ................................................................... 5.1 Electronic Network Elements ......................................... ene ................................................................. 5.5 Switching equipment, digital, stored program .......................................................... pc ................................................................... 5.3 Transport equipment ...................................................... te .................................................................... 5.2 Wireless networks .......................................................... wn .................................................................. 5.4 Wireless networks licensed ............................................ wn-l ................................................................ 5.4 Wireless networks unlicensed ........................................ wn-u ............................................................... 5.4.1

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 114 of 168

5.1 02-28-2011

ae

ae - Access equipment

a – FTTH Systems(21)

(RUS requires the use of an external coax F‐connector ground blocks and station protection for ONT output circuits, as applicable, when such protection is not provided by these FTTH systems and the protection is required by the National Electrical Code.)

Manufacturer Product

Alphion Corporation (ND Listing expires: Dec. 2013) GPON Access System (AOLT‐4000, AONT‐1000, ‐2000, and ‐3000, PON Reach Extension, AEMS) 

Alcatel‐Lucent (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

7340 FTTU System(16) 

7342 ISAM FTTU System(28) 

Triple Play Express for Regional Operators (TPE) 

ADTRAN (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  GPON System(7) 

Allied Telesis (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Multiservice Access Platform 7000 & 9000 Series(15) 

Alloptic (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) GigaForce(20) RFoG  Products(43) 

Alloptic (ND Listing expires: 09/30/11.)  Edge Video Optical Amplifiers (EVEAxxxx and EVDCxxxx)  

ARRIS (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) HFC Solution(49) RFoG Solution(51) 

Aurora Networks(44) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Hybrid Fiber Coaxial (HFC)/Fiber Deep RF over Glass (RFoG) 

2Networks, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)   FTTH Systems(12) Calix Networks, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  FTTH Systems(12) CommScope (ND Listing expires: Sep‐2011.)  BrightPath® Optical Solutions" (BOS) 

Enablence Systems, Inc. (BA Expires: Jan‐2011. Conditional Listing for all dielectric pre‐connected service cable use ONLY ) 

Inteleflex 2.488 GPON FTTH Solution Trident7 OLT, Trident7 COLT, 800 ONT Series, and Trident7 Management Suite 

Enablence Systems, Inc. (ND Listing expires: Jun‐2011. Conditional Listing for all dielectric pre‐connected service cable use ONLY) 

Trident7 200 ONT Series and Trident7 1300 ONT Series 

Ericsson Inc. (ND Listing expires: Jan. 2012.)  EDA 1500 (10) 

Foxcom (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) FTTx Series 8(26)

(CATV and DBS RF Video Overlay) 

Hitachi (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

AMN 1200 FTTP AMN 1220 FTTP Node+Zero™ Universal Micronode  (Models: H‐112, H‐110, H‐103) Salira DePON™ (48) 

LG‐Ericsson (ND listing expires: June‐2012.)  EA 1100 WDM PON System Motorola(6) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  FTTH BPON System Motorola(6) (ND Listing expires: Oct‐2012.)  FTTH GPON System Nebula Manufacturing (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  GFAST (GE PON) Occam Networks, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  FTTP Solution(14) ReadyLinks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  RHINORing™ Product Family(34) Telco Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Multi‐Service Platform(13) Tellabs (ND Listing expires: 11/30/11.)  1600 SFU ONT (30)  

Zhone Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) MALC GPON(9) MXK Intelligent Terabit Access Concentrator 

See pages 5.1.3,  5.1.4, and  5.1.5 for notes 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 115 of 168

5.1.1 02-28-2011 ae

ae - Access equipment

b – Multi Service Access

Manufacturer Product Copper Fiber

       

Actelis Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

MetaLIGHT Platform(17)  Y  N ML Product Family(17)  Y  N 

ADC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  PG‐FlexPlus(11)  Y  N ADTRAN (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Access Equipment(7) 

Y  Y ADTRAN (ND Listing expires: 05/19/10.)  TA 1100  Alcatel‐Lucent (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  Triple Play Express for Regional Operators (TPE)  Y  Y Alcatel‐Lucent (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Litespan‐2000  Y  Y 

Alcatel‐Lucent (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

7300 ASAM  Y  N 7330 ISAM  Y  Y 

Alcatel‐Lucent (BA expires: Jan  AnyMedia  Y  N Alcatel‐Lucent (BA expires: Jan  SLC Series 5(3)  Y  N Alcatel‐Lucent (BA expires: Jan  SLC‐2000 Access System  Y  Y Alcatel‐Lucent (AG Communications) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  SuperLine Access  Y  N 

Allied Telesis (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Multiservice Access Platform 7000 & 9000 Series(15) 

Y  Y 

ARRIS (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  C4 & C4c DOCSIS® 3.0 CMTS Platform(46)  Y  Y 

ARRIS (ND Listing expires: 12/07/11.)  Touchstone® Family CPEs(47)   Y  N Calient Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  DiamondWave® FiberConnect (FOCS) (41)  N  Y Calix (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  Calix C7(12)  Y  Y 

Charles Industries (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) AdrenaLine xDSL Conditioner(39)  Y  N HVDL 3.1  Y  N 

Ciena  (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  CN1000  Y  Y Ciena (ND Listing expires: 03 /31/11.)  LighteningEdge(32)  Y  Y 

Communications Test Design, Inc. (CTDI) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

FlexAccess 9000 SDLC(40)  Y  N XCel 4‐e, XCel 8, XCel 12GS  Y  N 

Conklin Intracom (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

FASTmux ADSL Mini‐DSLAM  Y  N Model 2000  Y  N 

ECI Telecom Ltd. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Hi‐FOCuS™(22)  Y  N Enablence Systems, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011. Conditional Listing for all dielectric pre‐connected service cable use ONLY in FTTH architectures) 

Service Convergence Network (SCN™)(19)  Y  Y 

Inteleflex  Y  N 

Ericsson Inc. (ND Listing expires: Jan‐2012.)  EDA 1200(10)  Y  Y FibroLAN (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  MetroStar Systems (36)  Y  Y Force10 Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Adit 600 Platform  Y  N Fujitsu (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  FLASHWAVE 4010  N  Y Fujitsu (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  FLASHWAVE 4100  N  Y See pages 5.1.3,  5.1.4, and  5.1.5 for notes 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 116 of 168

5.1.2 01-11-2011

ae

ae -Access equipment

b – Multi Service Access

Manufacturer Product Copper Fiber

General DataComm (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) SpectraComm Integrated Access(37)  Y  N Xedge Multiservice Packet Exchange(38)  Y  Y 

General Bandwidth (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  G6 Access & Media Gateway  Y  Y 

Glimmerglass Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Intelligent  Optical  Systems  100,  500,  &  600 (Includes ClickFlow™) 

N  Y 

GoDigital (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

XCel‐4ª  Y  N XCel‐8  Y  N XCel‐12  Y  N 

Hatteras Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  HN 4000/400 Platforms (23)  Y  N Huawei (ND Listing expires: Dec. 2011)  IPDSLAM MA5603  Y  N 

Lucent Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

AnyMedia  Y  N SLC Series 5(3)  Y  N SLC‐2000 Access System  Y  Y SuperLine Access  Y  N 

Motorola (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Multi‐Service Unified Access Platform(18)  Y  Y Nokia Siemens (ND Listing expires: 07/08/11.) 

IP DSLAM Product Family (42)  Y  N 

Occam (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

BLC 1100  Y  Y BLC 1200 System  Y  Y BLC 6000 Platform(14)  Y  Y 

Overture Networks  (ND Listing expires: Dec. 2013) 

UTS‐Series (UTS4000 and UTX8500) Y  Y ISG‐Series (ISG 6000, ISG 5100, ISG 2200, ISG 45, 

ISG 180 and ISG 140) 

Pedestal Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) UBS 2424  Y  N UBS 2450  Y  N 

Positron Access Systems(45)  

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

AK3000 Product Family  Y  N AK5000 Product Family  Y  N 

Pulsecom (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

S‐24DU(4)  Y  Y PSC Series 5(2)  Y  Y Access Equipment(50)  Y  Y 

Siemens Information and Communication Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Accession Integrated Access Platform  Y  Y 

Telco Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

EdgeGate VOIP Multi‐Service Gateway(13)  N  Y Multi‐Service Platform(13)  Y  Y Gemini Ethernet Remote ADSL2+ DSLAM(27)  Y  N 

Tellabs (ND Listing expires:  11/30/11.) 

Tellabs®1000 series  Y  Y 

Tellabs®1100 Multi‐ Service Access System(31)  Y  Y 

Transition Networks (ND Listing expires: Dec‐2011.) 

Media Converters(29)  Y  Y 

Wide area US (Strowger)  ND Listing expires: 12/31/09.)  AER800 ADSL Loop Extender Series(25)  Y  N 

Zhone Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  MALC(9)  Y  Y ZyXEL (ND Listing expires: 11/30/11.)  MSAP Products(33)  Y  Y See pages 5.1.3,  5.1.4, and  5.1.5 for notes 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 117 of 168

5.1.3 02-28-2011 ae

ae - Access equipment

c – BPL Systems

Manufacturer Product

CURRENT TECHNOLOGIES (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  BPL Product Family(35) 

Notes:

1.  2.  Includes the RT 596, RT5 192, RT 384, RT 576, and PSC Series 5 Fiber Kit. 3.  Includes the SLC‐2000 Multi‐Services Distant Terminal and DDM‐2000 FiberReach Narrowband Shelf. 4.  Includes the S‐24DU HUB. 5.  The GranDSLam 4200 DSLAM includes the ReachDSL DSLAM and the ADSL DSLAM. 6.  Includes the domestically accepted ONT1000 Optical Network Terminal, MDU, and AXS2200. Also, includes the 

non‐domestic technically accepted AXS2200 7.  Includes the Total Access (TA) 5006, TA 5000, TA 4303, TA 3050, TA 3000, TA 1500, TA 1200 DSLAM, TA 1000, 

TA 850, TA 750, TA 300 ONT, MX3200 Series, MX3112, MX2820, MX2810, MX2800, MX400 Series, OPTI‐6100, OPTI‐3, and TRACER Series. 

8.  Includes Multiplexer Uplink Module, ADSL Access Multiplexer Module, SDSL Inverse Multiplexer Module, and T1 Access Multiplexer 1500. 

9.  Includes Raptor product line, all part numbers on MALC Broadband Loop Carrier Data Sheet dated: 2008/08/22 14:13:36, and ZNID‐GPON‐4210/4211/4213. 

10.  Technical Acceptance includes: BLM 1500, FAB3, G28, E28, GP4, GP8, T11lG, T065G, T067G, T312G, Entriview Element Management System, EDN612, ESN212, ESN204G, ECN430/330, ESN 108, ESN312, ESN212F, EMN 120, EDN524, EDN432, EDN324, EDN624, ONTs: T750, T063G (II), OPW150g, OPW120f , and ServiceOn Element Management System. 

11.  The PG‐FlexPlus includes the COT, RT, Field Shelf, Edge RAM and Edge IAD. 12.  This listing includes: Calix C7 MSAP ‐ Mulit‐Service Access Platform (Copper and Fiber) – [OC‐48, OC‐12, RAP2–

OC‐48, RAP‐OC‐3‐12, RAP, RAP3, RAP‐10GE AMP, ATP, ADSL2‐24, Combo2‐24A VDSL2‐24, Combo 2‐24V, DS0‐DP6, HEBS‐12, HPOTS‐24,  HU2W‐24, OCU‐DP6, DS3E‐4P, REBS‐12, RPOTS‐24, RU2W‐24, T0‐6, DS1‐A12, HDSL‐2‐4‐6, IMA‐12, T1‐6, T1‐6A+T, DS3‐4P, DS3‐12P, FE‐12S ,GE‐2P, GE‐2E, FE‐4P, GE‐4S, OLTG‐4, OLTG‐4E, OLT‐B2, IRC, VGP, VIPR, EGW], E7 ESAP ‐ Ethernet Service Access Platform (GPON and Active Ethernet) – [E7 Cards ‐ GE‐12/24, GPON‐4, 10GE‐4], E5‐400 and E5‐312 Ethernet Transport and Aggregation Platform  (Transport and Active Ethernet), E5‐1xx Family of  IP DSLAMS – [E5‐110, E5‐111, E5‐120, E5‐121], 700 Series of  GPON and AE ONTS – [700GX and 700GE Family of ONTS, 760GX and 760GE Series of SBU/MDU ONTs. 

13.  Listing includes Models T5C‐24F, T5C‐24GT, T5‐24G, T5C‐24T, TC548T, T5C‐XG, GW232, GW282, GW282S, GW482S, GW483S, GW483D, T‐Marc 250 series, T‐Marc 280 series, and T‐Marc 300 series. 

14.  This listing includes: Ethernet Terminals (ON 2321, ON 2342, ON 2343, ON 2351, ON 2364; GPON Terminals (ON 2442, ON 2443, ON 2444, ON 2445, ON 2531, ON 2534, ON 2541, ON 2543, ON 2568); Blades 6150, 6151, 6152, 6210, 6214, 6244, 6216, 6246, 6252, 6310, 6312, 6314, 6316, 6322, 6640, 6440, 6450, and is supported by the Occam View Element Manager system over Occam’s BLC 6000 platform. 

15.  Includes the 7101, 7102, 7400, 7700, 9100, 9400, 9700, 9810, iMG600 CPE, iMG6x6MOD series, and iMG7x6MOD series.

16.  The Alcatel Lucent 7340 FTTU System includes the 7340‐H‐ONT Home Optical Network Terminal, the 7340 P‐OLT Packet Optical Line Terminal, the 7340 V‐OLT Video Optical Line Terminal, and the 7340 AMS Access Management System. 

17.  This acceptance includes the ML __ (50, 100E, 150, 130, 600, 1300, 1500, or 2300), the PFU‐8, and the XR239 Repeater 

18.  Includes the following Quantum Bridge Communications’ products: QB3000 OAS, QB5000 OAS (includes the Motorola ONT1000 Optical Network Terminal), QB622 IOT, and QB100 IOT; and the following Next Level Communications’ products: BDT, BSAM, USAM, BNU, MDU, SSU, and N3 View‐1 only; and the AXS2200. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 118 of 168

5.1.4 10-07-2010

ae  19.  Accepted the NMX‐SS7, CCM, BAR‐GE12, BAS‐150, BAS‐24, BAS‐ADSL16R, BAS‐ADSL32R, BAS‐100BX24, BAS‐

ADSL48R, BAS‐ADSL48R‐SPL,  BAS‐POTS48R, RGN‐ADSL, RGN 410 series, RGN 510 series, RGN 520 series, RGN 550 series, RGN 560 series, RGN 570 series, PBG‐10/100TX, RetroCAB (updated RSC/48 enclosure along with the BAS unit installed), L‐6104 and MAGNM‐20/10 chassis. 

20.  Gigabit Ethernet Access Routers (GEAR) incluyes Edge ____ (2000, 200, or 10), Home4000,  Xgen ___ (1000, 5000, 6000, 7500, 8000, or 9000), and BizXgen 200. 

21. FTTH Systems using IP signaling may not be able to complete loop back tests for leased line circuits, borrowers should consult the manufacturer for further details. 

22.  Acceptance is for Hi‐FOCuS MiniRAM, MiniRAM Extension, Hi‐FOCuS Micro, MiniSplitter, Remote Line Power (RLP) Feeder and Cabinet unit, Hi‐FOCuS MiniCAB System, Hi‐FOCuS MicroRAM 24V, Hi‐FOCuS M41 & M82, Hi‐FOCuS 16 Slot xDSL Splitter Shelf, and the OPS management systems. 

23.  This acceptance includes the HN 4000, HN‐404 CP, HN‐408‐CP, HN‐404 CO, HN‐408‐CO, HN‐404 U, and HN‐408‐U. 

24.  Listed 1.2 GHz PON solution is expected to be changed out by late 11/2007, call RUS for details. 25.  Includes the AER800‐1P, AER800‐2P, AER800‐6P/8P‐O, and the AER800‐6P/8P‐I only. 26.  This listing includes 810 Series Transmitter, 82 Series EDFA, 800 Series FTTH HONU, SCD‐4P54W, SWDT‐2, and 

LMX‐42. 27.  Gemini Ethernet Remote ADSL2+ DSLAM 28.  The Alcatel‐Lucent 7342 FTTU System includes the 7342 P‐OLT, the 7342 H‐ONT, 7342 Video Coupler (also 

referenced as WDM), and the 5526 AMS elements. 29.  Technical acceptance includes C4TEF, CBFFG1040‐100, CBFTF, CCSCF, CETTF, CFETF, CFMFF, CGETF, CGFEB, 

CPSMC0100, CPSMC0200, CPSMC0800, CPSMC0810, CPSMC1300, CPSMC1310, CPSMC1910, CPSMM, CPSMP, CPSMP, CSDTF, SBFFG, SBFTF, SCSCF, SPS‐1872, SSDTF, and TN‐SFP. 

30.  The following models are included in the series:  1600‐610, 1600‐610X, 1600‐611, 1600‐612, 1600‐712, 1600‐621, 1600‐625, 1600‐631, and 1600‐641.  The Tellabs 1000 requires a PON plug‐in card and couple a set of common control cards functions as a BPON optical line terminal (OLT.) 

31.  Tellabs®1100 Multi‐Service Access Platform (MSAP) is an IP‐based solution that combines the Tellabs 1150 and 1134 common equipment, the Tellabs®1600 family of ONTs/MDUs, and the Tellabs® 1191/1090 Network Management System along with a host of 1150 ONUS and a Tellabs® 1100Voice Gateway to simultaneously support FTTC and FTTN with ADSL2+/VDSL2, and ITU‐T G.984 GPON 2.4 applications. 

32.  Acceptance includes LE‐310, LE‐311, LE‐311v, LE‐327, LE‐427, LE.3300 and CN 5305. 33.  Includes IES5000 Series, IES5005 Series, IES‐708 Series, IES1248 IP DSLAM Series, VES1600 Series, P600 Series, 

P700 Series, and P800 Series. 34.  Includes the Rhino ONT models, Rhino OSG models, Rhino GTO models, Rhino IPC models. 35.  Includes Overhead Systems, URD Repeated Systems, URD Amplified Systems, MDU Systems, and 

miscellaneous equipment 36.  Includes modules, S.CON, H.CON, F.CON, CTF, LTA, DLA, GTA, FALCON, ProxiMA, U.CON, GSM, FCxx, FETX, 

F.CON, mS.CON, CTF, GA10, and ATARA products. 37. Includes the SC1001, SC2000, SC5000, SC202, SCVF28.8, SC DUAL V.34, SC500A, SC521A/S,SC553, SC800T3, SC‐

SCM, SC5001, SC5520,SC5034, SC5553, SC5506, SC5516, SC SRM‐6, SCM13, SC Blade Adapter, SAC/SAM, SCIP‐T1, SCIP‐DSL, SCES‐9, SCES‐18, SC‐MR1, SC ADT‐16, SC ADT‐32, SC‐SDT 

38. Includes the XEDGE 6002, XEDGE 6645, XEDGE 6640, XEDGE 6280, XEDGE 6160, XEDGE MSPx, XEDGE PCx, XEDGE PCL, XEDGE ISG2, XEDGE ISG 3, XEDGE VSM, XEDGE CE, XEDGE CHFRC, XEDGE ETH, XEDGE FRC, XEDGE ECC2, XEDGE SMC, XEDGE ACP, XEDGE ACS, XEDGE XH, XEDGE XS, XEDGE XM, XEDGE CM, XEDGE SMM, XEDGE STM, XEDGE OC‐N/STM‐N LIM, XEDGE DAUI LIM, XEDGE QTLIM, XEDGE DS1‐4CS LIM, XEDGE DS1‐2CS LIM, XEDGE DS3‐2CS LIM, XEDGE DS3‐2C LIM, XEDGE E3‐2C LIM, XEDGE E1‐2CS LIM, XEDGE E1‐4CS LIM, XEDGE DLIM, XEDGE DSLIM, XEDGE SSLIM, XEDGE DMLIM, XEDGE SMLIM, XEDGE LDSLIM, XEDGE LSSLIM, XEDGE DHLIM, XEDGE LDHLIM, XEDGE HSSI‐DCE LIM, XEDGE HSSI‐DTE LIM, XEDGE SI‐2C LIM, XEDGE SI‐4C LIM, XEDGE 155M‐2 LIM, XEDGE 155I‐2 LIM, XEDGE 155L‐2 LIM, XEDGE 155M‐APS LIM, XEDGE 155I‐APS LIM, XEDGE 155L‐APS LIM, XEDGE 155E‐2 LIM, XEDGE LCE‐16 LIM, XEDGE DSX1‐IMA LIM, XEDGE E1‐IMA LIM, XEDGE DSX1‐IMA+ LIM, XEDGE E1‐IMA+ LIM, XEDGE DSX1‐8 IMA+ LIM, XEDGE E1‐8 IMA+ LIM, XEDGE NTM‐DS1 LIM, XEDGE NTM‐E1 LIM,XEDGE PROSHERE 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 119 of 168

5.1.5 0-31-2011 ae 

 39. Includes the Smart Coil only for circumstances to allow xDSL to pass. 40. Includes 9040‐SA, 9041‐SA, 9042, 9124, 9125, 9134, 9151, 9153, 9161, 9163, 9241, 9262, 9262‐L3, 9281‐L3, 

9300, 9400‐L3. 41. Includes the DiamondWave PXC switches and the OAO 8 port module. 42. Includes: SURPASS hiT 7300: DWDM Transport Platform, TNMS, hiQ4200 hiQ4300, hiQ8000, hiG1100, hiG1200, 

iSuite (iNMC, iPMC, iSMC, iSSC), One‐NDS, HSS (CMS8200), NT HLR, DX HLR, Powerhopper Vario IP‐10 (Ceregon OEM). 

43. Return Path Receivers (EVRRxxxx), Return Path Transmitters (EVTXxxxx) and MicroNode RFoG ONUs (MNTHxxx).

44. Includes 3000 Series Chassis and Modules, 4000 Series Node and VHub™ Optical Platform and Modules, RFoG Customer Premises Equipment, and miscellaneous power supplies, transmitters, optical amplifiers and switches, Light‐Plex™ broadcast/narrowcast combiners, transponder receivers, passives – multiplexers, demultipexers, splitters and filters etc… 

45. Includes models AK3000C, AK3001C, AK3000R, AK3R, AK500S, AK590CC, AK512LC, AK512LCA, AK500S, AK512LCP, AK512LCPA, AK525LC, AK525LCA, AK525LCP, AK525LCPA, AK512RU, AK512RUA,  AK525RU,  AK525RUA, AK5R AK525, AK512CUA, AK512CUP, AK512CUPA, AK525CU,  AK525CUA,  AK525CUPA, AK355C,  AK355CP, AK355R,  AK355RPT, AKEMS. 

46. Domestic acceptance includes Cable Modem Termination System, L2U Cable Access Module, l6D Cable Access Module, 2Dx12U Cable Access Module, and Router Control Module. 

47. Technical acceptance includes Cable Modems and Embedded Multimedia Terminal Adapters (eMTAs): CM4/5/650, TM502/602 series, TM504/604 series, TM508/608 series, and TM5l2. 

48. The listing includes the following:  Salira Access Management, MW‐PON, OLT 2550, OLT2550 DePON, OLT 3540, OLT 3540, DePON (D‐Server, D‐Switch, OLT & ONUs), & ONU (3345, 3347, 3350‐G, 3350‐GR, 3370, 3370R, C‐603, C‐603‐MW, C‐1403, C‐1403‐MW, C‐1503, C‐1503‐MW, & R‐1503). 

49. Includes Converged Headend Platform (CHP) and related modules, CHP 1GHz Optical Transmitters and Receivers and related modules, OptiMax Nodes and related modules, FlexMax Amplifiers and related modules, Optical Couplers and related modules, CWDM and DWDM add/Drop optical multiplexers (optical passives), and WDM Optical Add/Drop Multiplexers. 

50. Products do not have hardware or optical protection switching and is used for services that do not require protection switching or as a backup service. Acceptance includes 2O3D3‐19A, 3O3D3‐CPL2C, 24‐48DC, CSSI (+Westell CP528DP cabinet), DS3‐EXPRESS, G2, O3‐12D1, O3D3‐MO, OBBF, OBBFR, OE, SP‐CO and SP‐RT. 

51. Optical Passives, Splitters and Switch, FT™axTM RFoG Optical Network Unit (ONU), CHP Max5000 Chassis, Power supply, Element Management, CHP Max CORWave II Multi‐Wavelength Forward Transmitter, CHP‐EDF A Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifiers, CH~‐D1RR digital return receiver, Optical Passives WDM/CWDM/DWDM, TransMax 4100 RFoG Repeater. 

 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 120 of 168

5.2 01-31-2011

Te

te - Transport Equipment Manufacturer Product Interface Rate ADC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

QFLC 6.312 Mb/s DS3/OC1 FLC OC‐1

   

ADVA Optical Networking (18) 

((ND listing expires: Jan‐2013.) 

FSP 3000REOC‐3/12/48/192 FSP 3000RR

FSP 3000   Alcatel (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

1603 SMX OC‐3/12/48 1677 SL OC‐3/12/48/192 

   

BTI Photonic Systems, Inc. (ND Listing expires: Oct‐2012.) 

Netstender(15) OC‐3/12/48/192 BTI 7000 Series(19) 

BTI 7200 Series(21)

   Carrier Access (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Access Navigator®(14)  T1/DS1/DS3    Charles Industries  (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  T1   

   

Ciena (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

MultiWave CoreStream OC‐12/48/192 MetroDirector K2 OC‐3/12/48/192 ONLINE Metro Transport Platform(7) 

OC‐3/12/48/192 

DN Multiservice Switching Platform(11) 

OC‐3/12/48 

ONLINE Edge Multiservice CWDM Platform 

OC‐3/12/48 

   

Ciena (ND Listing expires: 03/31/11.) 

CN 4200 FlexSelect(Includes CN 4200 RS and Release 5.0) 

OC‐3/12/48/192 

   Cisco Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Cisco ONS 15454 OC‐3/12/48/192 Cisco Systems (ND Listing expires: 10/27/11.) 

Cisco ONS 15310‐MA OC‐3/12/48    

Copper Mountain Networks, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

VantEdge 3000(10)  OC‐3  

   Cyan (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  Z – Series Platform OC‐48/192    ECI Telecom Ltd. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  XDM Platform(16)  OC‐3/12/48/192 See page 5.2.3 for notes. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 121 of 168

5.2.1 02-28-2011 te

te - Transport Equipment Manufacturer Product Interface Rate

Force10 Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Access Navigator®(14) T1/DS1/DS3 

Traverse(4)  OC‐3/12/48/192 

fSONA (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  SONAbeam™(13) (M & S series)  OC‐1/3/12 

Fujitsu (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  FLASHWAVE® 4300  OC‐3/12/48 

Fujitsu (ND Listing expires: Apr. 2012.) 

FLASHWAVE® 4500  OC‐48/192 

Fujitsu (ND Listing expires: Jan‐2013.)  FLASHWAVE® 7120   OC‐3/12/48/192 

Fujitsu (ND Listing expires: Apr. 2012.) 

FLASHWAVE® 7420  OC‐3/12/48/192 

Fujitsu (ND Listing expires: Apr.2011.) 

FLASHWAVE® 7500 (20)  OC‐48/192 

Haliplex (OEM – Bayly, Coastcom, Turin) (ND Listing expires: 06/15/10.) 

HPX‐1600 products (and corresponding OEM versions) (17) 

OC‐3/12 

Huawei (ND Listing expires: Dec. 2012) 

Optix_OSN1800OC‐3/12/48/192/768 Optix_OSN3800

Optix_OSN6800Optix_OSN8800

Infinera  (ND Listing expires: 09/30/11.) 

DTN (Includes BMM, DLM Line Card, and TAM Tributary adaptor) 

OC‐3/12/48/192 

ATN

JDSU (ND Listing expires: June‐2012.)  WaveReady 3000 Family OC‐3/12/48/192/768 

Lucent Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

DDM‐2000 OC‐3/12Metropolis DMX OC‐3/12/48 WaveStar TDM 2.5G/10G OC‐3/12/48/192 

Marconi (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

MAS OC‐3/12ASX 200 BX OC‐3/12ASX 1000 OC‐3/12ASX 1200 OC‐3/12/48 

Movaz Networks, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

RAYexpress OC‐3/12/48/192 RAYextender OC‐3/12/48/192 

Meriton Networks  (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

6400 OTP OC‐3/12/48/192  

See page 5.2.3 for notes. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 122 of 168

5.2.2 01-31-2011

te

te - Transport Equipment Manufacturer Product Interface Rate    MRV Communications, Inc.(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Fiber Drive® Product Family(17)   OC‐1, OC‐3, OC‐48, Gigabit Ethernet 

   Nebula Manufacturing (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

EtherOptic VFAST  Up to OC‐3 

   Nokia Siemens (ND Listing expires: 07/14/11.) 

SURPASS hiT 7300: DWDM (includes TNMS) 

OC‐3/12/48/192 

   

Optelian(5) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

LightGAIN CWDMOC‐3/12/48/192, Gigabit Ethernet 

LightGAIN DWDM   Redback (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  SmartEdge 800 Intelligent Terminal OC‐3/12/48    Siemens Information and Communication Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

XpressPass(2)  OC‐3/12/48 

   

Sorrento Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

GigaMux (GM) 50 OC‐3/12/48 GigaMux (GM) 1600(8) OC‐3/12/48 GigaMux (GM) 3200(9) OC‐3/12/48 GM 6400 OC‐3/12/48/192 

   Tellabs (ND Listing expires:  April 2012.) 

7100 Optical TransportSystem (OTS)  

OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, OC768, Gigabit Ethernet 

   Vello Systems, Inc.  

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) OV2000  OC‐3/12/48/192 

   Xtera Communications, Inc(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  CityStream 5000  OC‐3/12/48 

      

See page 5.2.3 for notes. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 123 of 168

5.2.3 01-31-2011 te Notes:

01.  Includes the CX (Compact Express). 02.  Includes the 140, 140HD, 142 and 144. 03.  The VLX2020 listing includes the VLX2020 Main Shelf, and the following tributary shelves: DS3/EC1, 

ETS2, OTS2, and VLX1010 WDM; and the VLX2006™ Multi‐Service Access Platform. 04.  Includes Traverse 600, 1600, 2000 and the TraverseEdge 100. 05.  The MDX‐8, OADM, OMS‐519, RGN‐3GSF, MGT‐100, SFP, RGN‐10GXT, RGN‐10GXF, RGN‐3GST, MDX‐40 

DWDM, DCM, OFA‐230, Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier, MGT‐OSC, and XFPs. 06.  This listing includes Models 5100 and 5200. 07.  This listing includes Models 7000, 9000 and 11000. 08.  The LuxN GigaMux (GM) 1600 series includes the GM 1602 and GM 1608 DWDM/CWDM products. 09.  The LuxN GigaMux (GM) 3200 series includes the GM 3217 and GM 3234 DWDM/CWDM products. 10.  The VantEdge 3000 can provide T‐1 circuits and xDSL lines. 11.  This listing includes Models 7000, 7050, 7100, and 7200. 12.  This listing includes PacketWave M, C, and E Series (E200, E510 and E520). 13.  Accepted 155‐M/S, 622‐M/S, and 1250‐M/S. 14.  Includes the Access Navigator® GR‐303 + Data Host, Wide Bank® 28 DS3 Multiplexer and Wide Bank® 28 

STS‐1 Multiplexer. Equipment may be used with the NetworkValet® Element Management System 15.  Acceptance includes the 2060 and 1030 Optical Transmission Platforms. 16.  Acceptance includes XDM 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 1000, and 2000 models. 17.  Fiber Drive and LambdaDriver (Includes the Chassis and Management Modules, Plug‐In Interface 

Modules, Media Converters, Repeaters, Optical Ethernet Services Demarcation, Ethernet Switches, Single‐Fiber Links, Fiber Multiplexers, Application Specific Modules, CWDM Modules, and Console Server Modules. Fiber Drive and LambdaDriver products also provide Access Services for Ethernet, Ethernet and T1/E1 lines and other protocol services. LambdaDriver includes LD200, LD400, LD800, LD1600, DCM Modules, CWDM and DWDM Modules, Optical and RAMAN Amplifiers, Channel Monitor, Passive Chassis, ROADM, Transponder Modules, Converter, TDM Mux modules.) 

18.  Includes RAYcontrol. 19.  Includes 7020, 7030, and 7060 configurations. 20.  Includes the FLASHWAVE 7500 FOADM, FLASHWAVE 7500 2D ROADM, FLASHWAVE 7500 WSS ROADM 

and FLASHWAVE 7500 Extension Shelf. 21.  Includes release 8.1 shelves and circuit packs. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 124 of 168

5.3 01-31-2011

pc

pc - Stored Program Digital Switching Equipment

pc-a- CLASS 5 Switches that meet BULLETIN 1753E-001 (Form 522) Accepted System Acceptance Manufacturer Base Release(5) Classification(1) RST(s) AG Communications Systems GTD-5EAX 1732 A RSU (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

GENBAND US, LLC. DMS-10(2) 602.20 A RLCM (OPAC) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) RSC-S

Star Remote Hub Lucent Technologies 5ESS-2000(6) 5E16.2 A EAIU (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) BZ-RS/EAIU

RSM ORM TRM Redcom Lab., Inc .(7) MDX 17.0 A MDX-R (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) MDX-I 6.1 A MDX-IR

HDX 3.1 A HDX-R

Siemens Information and DCO(4)

24.0 A RLS-450 Communication Networks O-N-E UP RLS-1080 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) RLS-4000

Siemens Information and EWSD(8) 20.0 A RCU Communication Networks RCU-160C (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) RCU-800C

Taqua 7000 Class 5 6.0 A 7000 Class 5 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Packet Switch Packet

Switch Taqua 7000 EVS, 6.0 A 7000 EVS, (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Enhanced VoIP Enhanced VoIP

Switch(11) Switch See notes on page 5.3.2.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 125 of 168

5.3.1 01-31-2011 pc

pc-b- Softswitch Solutions with adjunct equipment that meet BULLETIN 1753E-001 (Form 522)

Accepted System Acceptance Manufacturer Base Release(5) Classification(1) (9) RST(s) GENBAND US, LLC C15 5.0 C C15     (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

CS2000 XA Core C CS2000 (Release CVM14) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)      

CompactPCI C CompactPCI (Release CVM14) (ND Listing expires: Oct‐2013.)   MetaSwitch.(13) VP3510 7.1.01 C VP3510 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) VP2510 7.1.01 C VP2510

NewCross CSS™ Service Manager CSS™ Service Manager Technologies (NXT4000) R2.6.0.6 C (NXT4000) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Sonus Networks GSX9000(12) 6.4 C GSX9000(11) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

See notes on page 5.3.2.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 126 of 168

5.3.2 01-31-2011

pc Notes:

(1)Acceptance Classification: C-Conditionally Accepted, A-Accepted.

(2)The DMS-10 listing includes the one and two bay version and its application as an HSO, SSO or

LCC.

(3)The DMS-100 listing includes its application as a DMS-200 tandem office and the smaller version of

the SuperNode configuration, the DMS-SuperNode SE.

(4)DCO listing includes the DCO-SE one and two bay configurations and DCO RNS.

(5)The listed software/firmware system release is the most recent system release that was reviewed by

RUS and found to be fully compliant with all requirements of 7 CFR 1755.522, RUS General Specification for Digital, Stored Program Controlled Central Office Equipment (Form 522). Other system releases may also be acceptable. For information on specific releases, please contact the Chairman, Technical Standards Committee "A" (Telecommunications), Rural Utilities Service, Stop 1598, 1400 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, D.C. 20250-1598.

(6)The 5ESS-2000 digital exchange listing includes the compact digital exchange 5ESS-2000 (CDX) and the very compact digital exchange 5ESS-2000 (VCDX) in host and remote switching terminal configurations (DRM). The listing also includes the EAIU/BZ-RS Unit, also called the 5E-XC Remote Line Unit. When a VCDX is upgraded to a CDX or full sized 5ESS-2000, it can host the listed RSTs. Unless it is upgraded it can only host the EAIU. Emergency call processing using the BZ-RS is only offered for EAIU Units that are hosted from a full sized 5ESS-2000 or from a DRM. The BZ-RS cannot be used to provide emergency call processing on EAIU Units hosted from a CDX or from a VCDX. System Release 5E16.2 is designated 5E-XC Service Rich Software by Lucent.

(7)The MDX-I listing is for a minimum system configuration of four shelves, each containing no more than 100 lines or 25 percent of the total equipped lines, whichever is less.

(8)The EWSD listing includes the EWSD Small Exchange (EWSD-SX) and the Line Trunk Group-O (LTGO).

(9)Systems used for line access for this switch must be included in the RUS List of Materials Acceptable for Use on Telecommunications Systems of RUS Borrowers in category ae – Access Equipment.

(11)Consists of the Taqua T7000 Class 5 Packet Switch and VoIP Software application (12)This system includes PSX, SGX and EMS deployed on Sun Netra servers. (13)Acceptance includes the UX9000 and the following brand names: MG3510, MG2510, and MR2510.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 127 of 168

5.3.3 01-31-2011 pc

APPROVAL-TO-BID STATUS OF DIGITAL SWITCHING SYSTEMS

Digital central office switching systems, which have Agency acceptance, are listed by software generic. To bid generics which are not listed requires an approval-to-bid. Such an approval can be obtained prior to the general availability of the generic. An unlisted generic may not be delivered to an Agency funded site until it receives full acceptance.

Software

Manufacturer Model Generic

AG Communications Systems GTD-5EAX

Lucent Technologies 5ESS-2000

MetaSwitch VP2510 VP2510

Redcom Lab., Inc.

HDX 3.0

HDX 3.1

HDX 4.0

MDX 18.1

MDX-I 7.0

Siemens Information & Communications Networks

DCO 25.0

EWSD 20E04

Taqua

7000 Class 5 Packet Switch

6.2 7000 EVS Enhanced VoIP Switch

Notes:

1. Indicates the expiration date of the approval-to-bid.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 128 of 168

5.4 01-31-2011 wn

wn – Wireless Networks Manufacturer Product Technology

ADC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Digivance LRCS  Licensed: 800 & 1900 MHz ClearGain® Tower‐Mounted Amplifiers (TMA) and Ground‐Mounted Amplifiers (GMA) 

Licensed: 700, 800, 1900 MHz 

ADTRAN  TRACER Series Unlicensed: Microwave 2.4 & 5.8 GHz Aperto Networks(34) 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) PacketMAX: PM5000, PM4000, PM510, PM400, PM320, PM120  Licensed:  2.3, 2.5, 3.3, 3.5, 3.65, GHz 

Unlicensed:  4.9, 5.1, 5.4, 5.8 GHz Aperto Networks(34) 

(ND Listing expires: 03/25/11.) PM3000  

AIRAYA Corp (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

WirelessGRID Bridge Series (AI108‐4958‐XX(19)) 

Licensed: PTP, PTMP 4.940‐4.990 GHz 

WirelessGRID Bridge Series (AI108‐4958‐XX(19)) 

Unlicensed: PTP, PTMP 5.25‐5.85 GHz 

Airspan Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

ASWipLL 700 (7) Licensed: 700 MHz ASWipLL 900 ASWipLL 2.4 ASWipLL 5.8 AS3030 IP + TDM AS3030 IP 

Unlicensed: PTP, PTMP: 700 MHz, 900 MHz, 2.4GHz, 5.4 GHz, and 5.8 GHz (7) 

MicroMAX(23) Unlicensed: 5.4, 5.8 GHz Licensed: 3.65 GHz 

HyperMAX (23) (includes VoiceMAX)  Licensed: 3.65 GHz Alcatel‐Lucent 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) CDMA/CDMA2000 Flexent® Network Solution (24) 

Licensed CDMA: see manufacturer for frequencies 

Alcatel‐Lucent (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  MDR‐8000 Microwave Radio 

Licensed & unlicensed:  2 – 11 GHz 

Alcatel‐Lucent (ND Listing expires: 02/24/11.)

9710 Base Station (28) Licensed Mobile WiMAX: MP05 2.496–2.69GHz (5 and 10MHz TDD) plus 2.3‐2.4GHz, 3.4‐3.6GHz 

9715 Base Station (28) Licensed:2.3‐2.4 GHz, 2.4‐2.6GHz, 3.4‐3.6 GHz 

9500 MPR (30) Licensed: 6GHz, 7/8GHz, 10/11GHz, 18GHz, 23GHz   

9341 RRH 40W (36) Licensed W‐CDMA: see manufacturer for frequencies 

9326 digital 2U V2 NodeB (36) 9370 RNC (36) 

Alvarion (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

BreezeMAX 2300 TDD Licensed 2.3 GHz 

BreezeMAX 2500 TDD Licensed Mobile WiMAX: MP05 2.496–2.69GHz (5 and 10MHz TDD) and ATC Spectrum (2.4835‐2.690 GHz) 

BreezeMAX 3650 TDD  Licensed 3.65 GHz See pages 5.4.7, 5.4.8, 5.4.9 and 5.4.10 for notes. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 129 of 168

5.4.1 02-28-2011

wn

wn – Wireless Networks Manufacturer Product Technology

BreezeACCESS®(9)

BreezeNET® (10) Unlicensed Broadband: see notes 9 & 10 for frequencies 

Aviat (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Constellation™  Licensed: 6, 7/8, 10/11 GHz PTP Eclipse TM (300hp)       Licensed: 6, 7, 11, 18, 23 GHz Eclipse TM (IRU600)  Licensed: 6GHz (standard power) 

TRuepoint® 5000 Series (5200) Licensed: 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 15, 18, & 23 GHz 

Aviat (ND Listing expires:  April‐2012.)

Eclipse TM (300hp).    Licensed: 5, 8, 10, 13, 15GHz 

Axxcelera Broadband Wireless(43) 

BA expires: Jan‐ 2012 

ExcelMAX  Licensed: 3.3 ‐ 3.8 GHz ABMAX Unlicensed: 5.470 ‐ 5.850 GHz AB Full Access 2  Unlicensed:  5.725 ‐ 5.850 GHz 

Axxcelera Broadband Wireless(43) 

(ND Listing expires: 08/25/11.)  ExcelFlex   Licensed: 11 GHz 

BelAir Networks (ND listing expires: Feb‐2013.) 

BelAir 20  2.4GHz , 5 GHz 

BelAir100, BelAir 100S, & BelAir 100T Licensed: 2.3 GHz, 2.5 GHz, 4.9 GHz Unlicensed: 2.4 GHz,5.25‐5.85 GHz 

BelAir200 & BelAir 200D Licensed: 2.3 GHz, 2.5 GHz,4.9 GHz Unlicensed: 2.4 GHz, 5.25‐5.85 GHz 

Carlson Wireless Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Trailblazer Phoneline Extender (TB‐PE) Unlicensed:  2.4 or 5.5 GHz Licensed:  4.9 GHz 

LongHaul 5x Unlicensed: 900 MHz or 2.4, 5.2  5.4, 5.8 GHz 

Ceragon Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

FiberAir® 1500P (IPMAX, IPMAX2)  Licensed Backhaul: 6, 7/8, 11, 13, 15, 18, 23, 24‐26, 28, 32, 38 GHz FiberAir®  IP‐10 

Cielo Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

SkyLink(31) Point‐to‐Point Radio Microwave Systems 

Licensed: 6, 11, 18, & 23 GHz 

See pages 5.4.7, 5.4.8, 5.4.9 and 5.4.10 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 130 of 168

5.4.2 01-31-2011 wn

wn – Wireless Networks

Manufacturer Product Technology

Cisco Systems (ND Listing expires: 04/23/11.) 

Aironet AIR‐LAP1522 

Unlicensed Broadband  802.11 a/b/g Outdoor Mesh  

Aironet AIR‐LAP1522HZ (Hazardous locations configuration)Aironet AIR‐LAP1524 with additional 4.9 GHz Public safety radio

BWX 8305, BWX 2305, BWX 210 Licensed Mobile WiMAX: MP05 2.496–2.69GHz (5 and 10MHz TDD) plus 2.3 GHz,(6) 

CYTEC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

MicroMesh Network 1.0 radio Unlicensed: 2.4 GHz 

MicroMesh Network 2.0 radio Deliberant 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  AP Product Line (39) Unlicensed: 2.4 and 5 GHz, 900 MHz 

DigitalPath™ 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  DenseNode™ & BroadNode™ Unlicensed PTP, PTMP: 2.4, 5.3, 5.5 or 5.8GHz 

DragonWave, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  Horizon Compact  6, 11, 18, 23, 24, and 28 GHz 

Ericsson (ND Listing expires: Aug‐2012.) 

Marconi LH Microwave System Licensed: 5.9‐6.4 GHz, 6.4‐7.1 GHz, and 10.7–11.76.2 GHz 

MINI‐LINK Traffic Node  Licensed: 6GHz – 38 GHz CDMA 1xEVDO  Licensed: 800 & 1900 MHz 

Exalt Communications (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

EX‐2.4_(i, i Lite, i‐ F, i‐16, i‐DS3, i‐DS3, r, r‐

c, r‐xc, r‐x, or r‐x) , GigE Series  Unlicensed Backhaul PTP: 2.4 GHz 

EX‐4.9_(r, r‐c, r‐xc, r‐x, i, i‐F, i‐Fd, i‐DS‐3, or 

i‐16) ,  GigE Series  Licensed Backhaul PTP: 4.9 GHz 

EX‐5_ (i, i‐Lite, i‐16, i‐DS3, r, r‐c, r‐xc, or r—

x) ,  GigE Series Unlicensed Backhaul PTP: 5.3, 5.7, 5.8 GHz 

EX‐_ (6i, 7i, 8i, 11i, 13i, 15i, 18i, 23i, 38i, 6i—16, 7i‐16, 8i‐16, 11i‐16, 13i‐16, 15i‐16, 18i‐16, 23i‐16, 38i‐16, 6r, 7r, 8r, 11r, 13r, 15r, 18r, 23r, 38r, 6r‐16, 7r‐16, 8r‐16, 11r‐16, 13r‐16, 15r‐16, 18r‐16, 23r‐16, 38r‐16, 6s, 7s, 8s, 11s, 13s, 15s, 18s, 23s, 38s, 6s‐16, 7s‐16, 8s—16, 11s‐16, 13s‐16, 15s‐16, 

18s‐16, 23s‐16, or 38s‐16) , GigE Series 

Licensed Backhaul PTP: 6, 11, 18, 23, 38 GHz 

See pages 5.4.7, 5.4.8, 5.4.9 and 5.4.10 for notes. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 131 of 168

5.4.3 02-28-2011

wn

wn – Wireless Networks Manufacturer Product Technology

GE MDS LLC (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

MDS LEDR900  Licensed: 960 MHz MDS iNET & iNEII  Unlicensed: 902‐928 MHz MDS Series Five Transceivers  Unlicensed: 5.3 or 5.8GHz MERCURY  900  Unlicensed: 902‐928MHz MERCURY 3650  Licensed: 3.65‐3.70 GHz 

Gilat Network Systems (GNS) (ND Listing expires: 10/27/11.) 

SkyEdge II System  Licensed: VSAT 

Go Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Broadband Wireless Cellular‐ Mesh Wi‐Fi Base Stations (22) 

Unlicensed: PTP, PTMP (2.4 & 5.8 GHz) 

Huawei (ND Listing expires: Dec‐2011.)

CDMA and WiMax Wireless access system(45) 

Licensed: CDMA and WiMax  (MP05, MP09, MP10, MP12) 

UMTS/GSM CORE:  MSoftX3000, HLR 9820, GGSN9811, SGSN9810, CG9812, IPCLK1000  Licensed: UMTS/GSM UMTS/GSM ACCESS: UMTS BTS3900, BTS3900A, DBS3900, BSC6900, M2000

Huawei (ND Listing expires: Dec. 2012) 

UGW9811 USN9810 HSS9820 UPCC 

Licensed: LTE EPC 

BTS3900 LTE BTS3900A LTE DBS3900 LTE M2000 

Licensed: LTE eRAN 2.0 

RTN910 RTN950 

Licensed:  18 GHz, 23 GHz 

iDirect Technologies(14) 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Hub & NetModem II Plus 3000 Series router 

Licensed: VSAT 

IP Wireless (ND Listing expires: 09/30/11.) 

V4 NodeB 

Licensed: TD‐CDMA 

V5 NodeB Integrated Network Controller (INC) P1D modem  2500MHz USB modem 700/2500MHz USB modem PCMCIA modem Outdoor UE 700/2500MHz PCI Express Mini Card 2500MHz PCI Express Mini Card 

interWAVE (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  GSM Network(2)  Licensed: GSM 

Ligowave (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

PTP – 900  Unlicensed: 900 MHz PTP – 2  Unlicensed: 2.4 GHz PTP – 3  Licensed: 3.65, GHz PTP – 4  Licensed: 4.9 GHz PTP – 5  Unlicensed: 5 GHz 

Loea Corporation (26) 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Model L2710 Model L1000 

Licensed: PTP 71.0‐86.0GHz 

     See pages 5.4.7, 5.4.8, 5.4.9 and 5.4.10 for notes. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 132 of 168

5.4.4 01-31-2011 wn

wn – Wireless Networks Manufacturer Product Technology

Meraki  (ND Listing expires: 07/23/11.)  Wireless Network Access Family (40)  Unlicensed: 802.11 b/g 

Microwave Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Proteus AMT M‐series 

Licensed:  6, 7, 8, 11, 13, 15, 18, 23, 26 and 38 GHz 

Motorola (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

MotoMesh(15) Licensed: MEA 4.9 GHz  (public safety) Unlicensed: MEA 2.4 GHz (WiFi) 

Canopy™ Platform(4)

Motorola Wireless Broadband PTP 100 and 200 Series  Motorola Wireless Broadband PMP 100  and 400 Series 

Unlicensed: Broadband 

Canopy™ Platform(4)  Unlicensed: Broadband PMP 430 (Access Point and Subscriber Modules w/OFDM) 

Unlicensed: 5.8 GHz Broadband  

PMP 320 (Access Point and Subscriber Modules w/OFDM) 

Licensed: 3.65 GHz (IEEE 802.16e) 

WiMAX WAP450 Base Station Licensed Mobile WiMAX: MP05 2.496–2.69GHz (10MHz TDD) and ATC Spectrum (2.4835‐2.690 GHz) 

NEC (ND Listing expires: Aug‐2012.) 

NLite L Series (Outdoors/Indoors)  Un‐licensed: 5.8 GHZ Licensed: 6, 11, 18, 23 and to 38GHz NLite N Series (Outdoors/Indoors) 

NERA (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

EVOLUTION SERIES ANSI Software Defined Radio(33) 

Licensed:5 ‐ 40 GHz  

NextNet Wireless (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Expedience® BWAS (5)  Licensed: Broadband 

Nokia Siemens  (ND Listing expires: 07/08/11.) 

HSPA Radio Access Network (RAN) Products(37) 

Licensed: 800 & 1900 MHz 

Peninsula Engineering Solutions (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

RF‐6000E  Microwave Repeater  Licensed: 6 GHz RF‐11000  Microwave Repeater  Licensed: 11 GHz 

Proxim (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Tsunami MP.11(18) 

Unlicensed: PTP, PTMP 5 GHz 

PureWave Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  Quantum 1000 & 6000 Base Stations  Broadband 2.3‐2.7 GHz, 3.3‐3.7 GHz 

RADWIN Inc.(13) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

RADWIN 2000  Unlicensed: 5.740‐5.835 GHz 

WinLink1000 Unlicensed: 2.4, 4.9, 5.3, 5.4, & 5.8 GHz 

Redline Communications(27) 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

RedMAX AN‐100U/100UX RedMAX Subs. Unit (SU‐O & SU‐I) 

Licensed: 3.3‐3.5; 3.4‐3.6; and 3.6‐3.8 GHz 

AN30e and AN50e (Includes RedAccess)

Unlicensed: PTP, PTMP 5.4 ‐ 5.8 GHz 

Red CONNEX AN‐80i (Includes MAX + version) 

Unlicensed: 4.9GHz, 5.2GHz, 5.470‐5.725 GHz, 5.725‐5.850 GHz, TDDLicensed: 3.65GHz 

SAF Tehnika AS (ND Listing expires: 11/ 30/11.) 

CFIP family  Licensed: 11; 18; 23; 24; & 38 GHz 

smartBridges (ND Listing expires: 07/23/11.) 

Wireless Networking Products(42) Licensed and ISM band: 2.3 to 2.7 GHz and 4.8 to 6.0 GHz  

SkyFiber(44) 

BA expires: Jan‐2011  SKYFIBER™  Free‐space Optic System (FSO) 

Solectek Corporation BA expires: Jan‐2011  SkyWay‐MAX Series(37)  Licensed: 3.65 GHz 

See pages 5.4.7, 5.4.8, 5.4.9 and 5.4.10 for notes. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 133 of 168

5.4.5 02‐28‐2011 

wn  

wn – Wireless Networks Manufacturer  Manufacturer Manufacturer

SOMA Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  SoftAir System (12)  Licensed: PTMP 

Star Solutions(25) 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) MovingMedia®2000 Total Control® PDSN 

Licensed: GSM and CDMA Core ONLY solutions (MSC, PDSN, VAS components) 

Star Solutions(25) 

(ND Listing expires: 05/28/10.) MovingMedia®2000 Total Control® PDSN 

Licensed: CDMA Core plus Radio Access Network solutions (MSC plus Base Stations)   

Strix Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Access/One® OWS/IWS(21) 

Unlicensed: Mesh, PTP, PTMP (IEEE 802.11a/b/g) 

Tecore Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

iBSS GSM BTS Licensed: GSM 850, 900, 1800 and 1900 MHz 

iBSS GSM Mini Rackmount BTS Licensed: GSM‐850, GSM‐900, GSM‐1800, PCS‐1900 

iBSS GSM AirSite Backhaul‐Free BTS Licensed: GSM 900, 1800 and 1900 MHz 

iOMCR  Licensed: Software Release 6.1.0 iCore Network Center(29) (MSC/VLR)  Licensed: Switch (GSM/CDMA) 

iBSS CDMA RAN Mini BTS Licensed: CDMA2000 (1xRTT), IS‐95A/B 450 MHz, 800 MHz, 1800 MHz,1900 MHz, 2100 MHz 

Trango(20) 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Access5830 Atlas Series FOX5800 FOX5580 FOX5300 

Unlicensed: PTP, PTMP 5.8/5.3 & 2.4 GHz, 900 MHz  

TLINK‐APEX  PTP 11‐23 GHz TLINK‐GIGA  PTP 6‐23 GHz TLINK‐45  Bridge 5 GHz 

Tranzeo Wireless Technologies   (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  TR‐ Series of Radios(47) 

Un‐license: 900 MHz , 2.4GHz, 5.3/5.8 GHz Licensed:, 4.9 GHz 

Tropos Networks(48) 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  MetroMesh Wireless Routers Unlicensed:  2.4, 5.4, 5.8 GHz Licensed: 4.9 GHz 

ValuePoint Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Network Controller NC‐3500 

Unlicensed: 5 GHz, 4.9 GHz, 2.4 GHz, or 900MHz ValuePoint Networks 

(ND Listing expires: 03/25/11.)  Wireless Network Product Lines(46) 

Vanu (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Vanu Anywave®(32)  Licensed: 850 MHz & 1900 MHz 

Vecima Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

LMS8000(11) Unlicensed: Broadband 900 MHz 700MHz BWIN  Licensed: 700MHz VistaMAX (includes CPE)  Licensed: 3.65 GHz 

Vyyo (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  700 MHz System (8)  Licensed: Broadband 700 MHz 

          See pages 5.4.7, 5.4.8, 5.4.9 and 5.4.10 for notes. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 134 of 168

5.4.6 01‐31‐2011 wn

wn – Wireless Networks Manufacturer Product Technology

     WaveIP 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) GigAccess (16)

(Includes OFDM units) Unlicensed: PTP, PTMP 

Waveteq (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

ShadowMaster Unlicensed: 2.4 – 5 GHz Bands ShadowAP 

ShadowMini Wavion 

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  WBS‐2400 Base Station(41)  Unlicensed: 2.4 GHz 

Xiocom (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  1500 XWR Series(30)  Unlicensed: 2.4 & 5.8 GHz 

Zhone Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  SkyZhone Metro WiFi 

2.4 GHz unlicensed and/or 4.9 GHz licensed 

ZTE USA Inc. (ND Listing expires: 05/31/11.) 

CDMA 2000 1x EV/DO (Rev A) 

Licensed: CDMA 

ZTE USA Inc. (ND Listing expires: 05/31/11.) 

B9100 WiMAX ZXMBW Base Station (35) 

jihle@avecc.com 

R9100 WiMAX ZXMBW Remote Radio Unit 

Licensed; 2483.5 ‐2690 MHz 

                    See pages 5.4.7, 5.4.8, 5.4.9 and 5.4.10 for notes. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 135 of 168

5.4.7 06-30-2010

wn Notes:

1.  Includes AdaptaCell BTS 3000, AirSite BS, BSC 3000, TRAU, and AirNet OMC‐R.  2.  Includes WAVEXchange MSC, WAVETransit, WAVEXpress BSC and BTS, and NIB.  3.  Accepted the 700 Broadband Wireless Internet (BWINTM) system based on the Data Over Cable System 

Interface Specification (DOCSIS).  This system must be a complete system end‐to‐end system from base station to the cable modem. 

 4.  Accepted the 900 MHz, 2.4, 4.9, 5.2, 5.4, and 5.7 GHz wireless systems based on the Canopy™ Platform. 

Acceptance includes Canopy Advantage and Canopy Lite Subscriber Module units, bundle packs, Demo & Starter Kits. Manufacturer’s recommended shielded cables are acceptable for this platform’s use only. 

 5.  Accepted the 2.5 GHz and 3.5 GHz Broadband Wireless Access System (BWAS) based on the 

Expedience® Platform.  6.  Accepted BTS3A‐R1, BTS3F‐R1, BTS4A‐R1, BTS4F‐R1, BWX 210‐239, and BWX 210‐252.  7.  Accepted with a network management platform (WipManage).  8.  The system accepted consists of the following units:  V3000, V700DT, V700BAM, V389D, V284, V280, 

V300, V313, V290UA, V7027PS, V700Y, and V700T.  9.  Includes the BreezeACCESS II, BreezeACCESS 900, and BreezeACCESS VL.  The BreezeACCESS VL is 

available in the 5.725‐5.850, 5.47‐5.725, 5.15‐5.35, 5.03‐5.091bands, and includes the following customer premises equipment: SU‐A ‐ff‐3‐1D‐VL , SU‐ A‐ff‐6‐1D‐VL , SU‐ A‐ff‐6‐BD‐VL, and SU‐ A‐ff‐54‐BD‐VL.  The BreezeACCESS 900 operates in the 902‐928 MHz ISM band and includes the following CPU equipment: the SU‐I‐1D900, and SU‐M5‐900‐8D units.  The BreezeACCESS II operates in the ISM 2.400‐2.4835 GHz band and includes the following CPU equipment: SU‐A , SU‐RA, SU‐E,  SU‐RE, SU‐A‐1d‐2.4, SU‐A‐BD‐2.4, SU‐A‐1D1V‐2.4, SU‐A‐BD1V‐2.4, SU‐E‐1D‐2.4, SU‐E‐BD‐2.4, SE‐1D1V‐2.4, SU‐E‐BD‐1V‐2.4, SU‐ID‐1D ‐2.4, SU‐ID‐BD‐2.4, SU‐R, and SU‐M5‐2.4. 

 10.  Includes the BreezeNET® B, BreezeNET® CX, and BreezeNET® SU‐M. The BreezeNET® B operates in the 

5.72‐5.850, 5.47‐5.75, and 5.1‐5.35 GHz bands.  The BreezeNET® CX operates in the 2.4‐2.4835 ISM frequency band.  BreezeNET® SU‐M operates in the 2,400‐2.4835 and 902‐928 GHz bands. 

 11.  Accepted CCU8000/8010 base station, NCL8000 PTP Bridge, EUM8005 indoor modem, EUM8000 

outdoor modem, MMT9000/9001 mobile terminal, and 902‐928 MHz Bandpass Cavity Filters.  12.  Includes NPM Platform, SOMAPort models, Voice Software Systems (AMOS), and frequencies: 700 MHz, 

PCS (1.9 GHz), WCS (2.3 GHz), MMDS (2.6 GHz), and 3.5 GHz.  13.  The RADWIN 2000 has two other commercial names: AirMux 400, used by Rad Data Communications; 

FibeAir 2000 used by Ceragon Networks. Also, the WinLink 1000 is sold by Rad Data Communications as the AirMux‐200. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 136 of 168

5.4.8 03-31-2009 wn Notes:

14.  Only manufacturer recommended third party vendors are acceptable for deployment of these listed 

materials.  15.  Includes IAP7300, EWR7300, VMM6300, VMM7300, WMC6300, WMC7300, Mobile Switching 

Controller, and Mesh Manager EMS.  16  Includes GA 2.4 GHz, GA 900 MHz, GA OFDM 700 MHz, GA OFDM 900 MHz, GA OFDM 5.8 GHz, and 

Network Management System.  17.  Includes the Wireless Gateway 7250, Wireless Bridge 7230, and the Wireless Access Points 7215 and 

7220.  18.  Includes the 5054‐BSUR‐LR‐US, 5054‐SUR‐LR‐US; 5054‐SUA‐LR‐US, and the 5054‐QB‐LR‐US.  19.  XX identifies various models / configurations accepted.  20.  Accepted M5830S‐AP‐60, M5830S‐AP‐EXT, M5580‐FSU, M5800S‐FSU, M5300S‐FSU, M5830S‐SU, 

M5830S‐SU‐EXT, M2400S‐AP, M2400S‐SU, M900S‐AP, M900S‐SU, M915S‐SU‐EXT, ATLAS5010‐INT, ATLAS5010‐EXT, TLINK‐10, TLINK‐10‐EXT. 

 21.  The equipment consists of several modules: Base, Client Connect, Network Connect, Antenna, and 

Network Server.  The listing includes the Outdoor Wireless System 2400 Series (2400‐10, 2400‐20, and 2400‐30), 3600 Series(3600‐20 and 3600‐30), OWS Network Servers (OWS‐Ns8, OWS‐NS24, and OWS‐NS48), and EDGE Wireless System ‐100 (EWS‐100), OWS accessories.  The EWS is for indoor use. 

 22.  The listing includes the MBW WLS 2000 (with the WLS 2100 Micro Cellular‐Mesh Wi‐Fi Sector Base 

Station,) MBW WLP 1000 (with the WLP 1100 Pico Cellular‐Mesh Wi‐Fi Base Station,) MBW WNC Wireless Network Controller (Base Station Controller,) MBW Wireless Media Gateway, power supply, antennas (ANT‐4047S and 5810 X2,) and miscellaneous hardware. 

 23.  Includes subscriber terminals EasyST and ProST  24.  Includes Mobile Switching Center (MSC), Modular Cell 4.0B (includes Compact version), CDMA2000® 

1xEV‐DO (up to Rev. A), CDMA450 Modcell 4.0 – Compact.  25. Includes: Sonata® MSC Server, Sonata® HLR,  Sonata®  IMG, Sonata® SSVR, Sonata® MRF, Sonata® 

Conference Server,  Sonata® OMC, iCell® IP RAN Products (including Pico, Micro, and Macro products),  All‐IP Portable CDMA2000 Network, Total Control® PDSN Products (including TC200, TC3100, TC1000, TC800), and Common Element Manager 

 26. Intended for installation by professional Loea certified installers only. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 137 of 168

5.4.9 08-31-2009

wn Notes:

27. Includes Redline Management System (RMS).  28. Solution includes Alcatel‐Lucent 9740 WiMAX Access Controller (WAC), Alcatel‐Lucent 9753 WiMAX 

Operation and Maintenance Center (OMC), Alcatel‐Lucent 9759 WiMAX Network Performance Optimizer (NPO), Alcatel‐Lucent OS6850‐24X WAC & Auxiliary Switch, Alcatel Lucent VitalAAA and 1430 HSS AAA, Alcatel‐Lucent Vital QIP and Red Hat DNS/DHCP, Neotip and ACME SBC, VPN Firewall Brick®. 

 29. Includes MSC‐VLR / CSCF, HLR / HSS, AuC/AC/AAA, IN/SIP Application Server, SMSC (GSM/CDMA) with 

SMPP and Interworking, GATEWAY INTERFACE, MMSC, GSN (Combined SGSN/GGSN), PDSN, IWF, USSD Server, Gateway/Tandem Trunking with STP Support, PoC Server (GSM/CDMA). 

 30. Includes the 1535, 1536, 1538, 1543, 1551, 1552, 1553, 1554, 1563, and miscellaneous power supply, 

antennas, mounts, cable, backbone, and CPE.  31. Includes associated microwave system antennas in sizes ranging from1' ‐ 12' diameters.  32. Includes the Protium RF head, Powerwave amplifier, Brandywine GPS, and servers.  33. Includes the Access IFUs, Universal IFUs, NetMaster and for architectures: XPAND, Metro (SONET), Long 

Haul (PDH or SONET).  34. Includes the WaveCenter EMS Pro™ 

 35. Includes the ZTE I600 WiMAX Modem 

 36. Includes Wireless Management System for UTRAN 

37. Includes: RNC450, RNC2600, I‐HSPA Adapter: FHAA, I‐HSPA OMS Server, Flexi WCDMA BTS with modules and optional items, Antenna Systems, Power Systems and Battery Backup, 3G SGSN, Flexi ISN, CG, LIG, MSS, NVS, MGW, NetAct OSS 5.1, Advantage Commander V10.0 

 38. Qualified domestic configuration includes: 4ea. – SkyWay‐MAX Base Stations (ODB‐  3537), 

4ea. – Sectoral Antennas (3000201), 4ea. – Uplink Cables (300030x), 1ea. – SkyWay‐MAX Indoor Controller (IDC‐100), 20ea. – SkyWay‐MAX Subscribers units.  

39. Includes: AP Duo Series, AP Solo Product, AP 900, and AP 2i.  40. Includes: Outdoor Series (OD2‐US, SOL‐MAIN‐PRO, SOL‐MAIN‐CAR), Indoor Series (ID2‐US, WPG‐US), 

and the accessories for Indoor / Outdoor series. Additional acceptance includes MR58‐HW, MR58‐PRO.  

41. Includes: Network Management System (NMS), Wavion Coverage Tool (WCT), and a manufacturer certified third‐party power supply, an AWUS036H USB adapter, and the NanoStation2 antenna. 

 42. Includes: airPoint™ Series (sB3215V‐02, sB3216V‐02) and airClient™ Series (sB3417‐R1‐02, sB3417‐T1‐

02, sB3417‐T2‐02, sB3417‐R1‐03, sB3417‐T1‐03, sB3417‐T2‐03, sB3418‐R1‐02, sB3418‐T1‐02, sB3418‐T2‐02, sB3418‐R1‐03, sB3418‐T1‐03, sB3418‐T2‐03) 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 138 of 168

5.4.10 02-19-2010 wn Notes:

43. Only the following configurations meet domestic compliance acceptance: (1)   ABMAX – Consists of software, one or more Access Points (APs), and any number of Customer 

Premises Equipment (CPEs) up to twelve (12) times the number of APs. (2)   ExcelMAX – Consists of software, one or more Access Point (APs), and any number of Customer 

Premises Equipment (CPEs) up to twelve (12) times the number of APs (3)  AB Full Access 2 – Consists of Indoor Units (IDUs), Outdoor Units (ODUs), and software 

 44. Includes models SFS‐0100‐10 and SFS‐0100‐20.  45. Includes: CDMA BSC 6680, CDMA BTS 3900, CDMA BTS 3900A, CDMA DBS 3900, M2000, Csoftx 3000, 

UMG 8900, HLR 9820, WiMax DBS3900, WiMax WASN9770 and iManager M2000 Mobile EMS.  

46. Technical acceptance includes SuperAP 530G, SuperAP 530G IA‐12, SuperAP 530G IA‐18, SuperAP 550G, SuperAP 570G, SuperMesh 8200 

 47. Includes 900 MHz radios (TR‐902‐N, TR‐902‐8, TR‐902‐11, TR‐SL9‐N, TR‐SL9‐8); 

2.4 GHz radios (TR‐6000, TR‐6015, TR‐6019, TR‐600, TR‐6600, TR‐6615, TR‐6619, TR‐660, TR‐CPQ‐19, TR‐SL2‐N, TR‐SL2‐15); 5 GHz radios (TR‐5a‐N, TR‐5a‐16, TR‐5a‐20, TR‐5a‐24, TR‐5aPlus‐N, TR‐5aPlus‐15, TR‐5aPlus‐20, TR‐5aPlus‐24, TR‐5Amp‐N, TR‐5Amp‐24, TR‐SL5‐N, TR‐SL5‐16, TR‐500,TR‐550, TR‐FDD‐N, TR‐FDD‐24, TR‐FDD‐GT TR‐WMX‐58‐N, TR‐WMX‐58‐17, TR‐WMX‐58‐20, TR‐WMX‐24‐N, TR‐W16D‐58‐N, TR‐W16D‐58‐17, TR‐W16D‐58‐20, TR‐W16D‐24‐N, TR‐58‐STARTER, TR‐WMX‐58‐pBS); 4.9 GHz radios (TR‐490, TR‐49‐N, TR‐49‐20), and 3.65 MHz radios (TR‐WMX‐35‐N, TR‐WMX‐35‐17, TR‐WMX‐35‐20, TR‐W16D‐35‐N, TR‐W16D‐35‐17, TR‐W16D‐35‐20, TR‐365‐STARTER, TR‐WMX‐365‐pBS). 

 48. Includes 3210, 4210, 5210, 5320, 6310, 6320, 7320, 9422, 9532, and Mesh OS. 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 139 of 168

5.5 01-31-2011 ene

ene – Electronic Network Elements

Ene-a- Routers/Switches

Manufacturer Product

Alcatel-Lucent (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Omni Switch/Router(Layer 3 Switch) 7750 SR Service Router 7450 ESS LCS 5010 SAR 7705

Aztek Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 5000 Emergency Stand Alone Switch

Brocade Communications(7)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) BigIron® RX Series, FastIron® SuperX/SX and Edge Switches, NetIron®, & ServeIron®

Cisco Systems (ND Listing expires: October 27, 2011.) 

ASR 9000 Series Routers: 9006, 9010 7600 Series Routers(16): 7603, 7604, 7606, 7609, 7613Catalyst 3750 Metro Series ME 3400 Series Switches: 3400, 3400E ASR 1000 Series Routers: 1002, 1004, 1006

Cisco Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Carrier Routing System (CRS) domestic models: CRS8DC4GIG-CONFIG1 CRS8AC2GIG-CONFIG2 CRS4AC2GIG-CONFIG3

Dowslake Microsystems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) CATS ____ (1000, 200, or 3000) MTS ____ (6000, 1080, 1928, 194, or 180)SMUX- ___ (GE, FE, or155) circuit emulation

ECI Telecom Ltd. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) ST Series IP Service Edge Routers (5)

Ericsson (ND Listing expires on Jan‐2012.) 

SmartEdge 400 & 800 Gateway/Router (With NetOp Policy Manager)

Extreme Networks (ND Listing expires: Apr‐2013.) 

Black Diamond switches (20804, 20808, 12800R, 12804C, 10808, 8800) Summit switches (250e, 450a, 450e, X480, X650) ExtremeXOS® Network Operating System

Force10 Networks Systems (BA expires: Jan‐ 2011.) E-Series (E1200I, E600I and E300 Chassis)C-Series (C300 and C150 Chassis)

Force10 Networks Systems  (ND Listing expires: Jan‐2013.)  S-Series 1RU (S2410, S25P, S25N, S25V, S50N andS50V- Ethernet Switches)

Juniper Networks (ND Listing expires: Jun‐2012.) 

E120 BSREX Series switches (EX2500, EX3200, EX4200,EX8208, & EX8216) MX Series routers (MX80, MX240, MX480, & MX960)M7i, M10i, M40e, M120, M320 Multiservice Edge Routers

MRV Communications (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) OptiSwitch® (OS) 9000 Platform(6) OptiSwitch® (OS) 900 Series

See notes on page 5.5.3.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 140 of 168

5.5.1 01-31-2011

ene

Ene-a- Routers/Switches (Continuation)

Manufacturer Product

Riverstone Networks (Alcatel-Lucent) Metro & Ethernet Edge Router Series(1)

Tellabs (ND Listing expires: February, 2013.) 8800 MSR Series(8)

See notes on page 5.5.3.

Ene-b- Headends/FO Amplifiers

Manufacturer Product

Cisco (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Prisma II Video Platform

CommScope (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) BOS-OA-a1-bbcc-de-fg

Conklin Intracom (ND Listing expires: July‐2011.)  fs|cdn® Full-Service Content Delivery Network

Harmonic (ND Listing expires: May‐2012.) Optical Transport, Video Processing, & Video On Demand Equipment(18)

IPG Photonics (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFAs) "EAR" series(11)

Minerva Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Video Concentrator (VC) 8000 Platform(4)

RGB Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Analog and Digital Video Headend(17))

See notes on page 5.5.3

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 141 of 168

5.5.2 01-31-2011 ene

Ene-c - Gateways/Controllers/Management Systems/Network Synchronization Manufacturer ProductAcme Packet (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  Net‐Net 4250 & 3820 Session Border Controllers 

Anagran (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  FR‐1000 Flow Rate Manager Product 

AllCity Wireless (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  WiDirect (11) 

Carrier Management Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) NAMS Firefly® and NAMS ® BMX  

Cedar Point Communications (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  SAFARI C3™ Media Switching 

Cisco Systems (ND Listing expires: August 27, 2011.)  Service Control Engine (SCE) 2000 and 8000 Series 

Centina Systems (ND Listing expires: Aug‐2012.)  NetOmnia™ 

AudioCodes (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Mediant Series: 600, 1000, 2000, 3000, and 8000  (Domestic acceptance for quantities up to 50 only) 

AudioCodes (ND Listing expires: June 31, 2011.)  MediaPack: MP20x series, MP11x/MP124 series 

Bridgewater Systems (ND Listing expires: August 25, 2011.)  Wireless Network Management System (15) 

Ditech Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  PeerPoint C100 SBC 

Fine Point Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) ServPoet BMS Series (3) (Broadband Management Server) 

Innovative Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  AP & eLation(10) 

Juniper Networks  (ND Listing expires: June 30, 2011.) 

IDP (IDP50, IDP75, IDP200, IDP250, IDP600, IDP800, IDP1100, and IDP8200) 

Network and Security Manager 

Lemko Corporation (ND Listing expires: July 6, 2011.) distributed Mobile Application for Rural Cellular™  (dMARC) 

MegaSys® Computer Technologies (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Telenium® Network Management System 

Motorola (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  Access Service Network Gateway (ASN‐GW) (13) 

NexTone Communications (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  MSX and SBC Platforms 

Norscan (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)  Cable Management System(14) 

Optima Telecom (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) NetPro e series equipment  (Models e42, e42m, e44, and e44m) 

Redback (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) SMS‐500 and 1800 (Subscriber Management System) 

Symmetricom (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

TimeCelsium 4500, TimeCreator 1000, SSU 2000, Time Hub 5500, TimeProvider 1000, TimeSource 3000 (TS‐3000) & TimeSource 3500 (TS‐3500) 

Versatel Networks (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  EdgeIQ Platform(2) 

WiChorus (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) SmartCore™ Platforms (31)  (designed for WiMAX) 

Xangati (ND Listing expires: February 23, 2011.)  Application Management 2.0 

See notes on page 5.5.3.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 142 of 168

5.5.3 06-04-2010

ene Notes:

1. Includes the RS 1000/1100, RS 3000/3100/3200, RS 8000/8600, RS 38000, and Riverstone 15008, may use Management Center & Service Activator for these routers only. 

 2.  Includes the IQ1500 and IQ4000 media gateways.  3.  Includes the ServPoet BMS 200, 500, 800, & 1000.  4.  Includes iTVMANAGER 2 middleware and RMS system.  5.  Acceptance includes ST200, ST50, and the ShadeTree/LPS element manager.  6.  Includes the OS9012C – 10Gx, OS9012 – M, OS9024 – 4C, OS9024FX – 4GC, 

OS9024 – M,  OS904 series, OS904 series, OS906 series, OS910 series, OS912 series, OS930 10GE demarcation,  and OS910‐M Service Modular platform.  

7.  Includes BigIron® RX ( BI‐RX‐4, BI‐RX‐8, & BI‐RX‐16),  FastIron® SuperX/SX Family of Switches (FESX424, FESX448, FESX424HF, FI‐SX1 thru 4, FI‐SX800, & FI‐SX1600), NetIron® Routers and Switches (NI‐4802 Router, NI‐M2404 Metro Access Switches, NI‐MLX Metro Switching Routers, NI‐XMR Core Router, & CES2000 series), ServerIron Application Switches (SI350(‐Plus), SI450(‐Plus), & SI850(‐Plus)), ServerIron XL Application Switches (FCSLB16 & FCSLB24), ServerIron 4G Applications Switches (SI‐4G), ServerIronGT C Series Switches (SI‐GT‐CGx2, SI‐GT‐C2404CF, SI‐GT‐CGC16, & SI‐GT‐C10Gx2P), & ServerIronGT E Series Switches (SI‐GT‐E‐Gx2, SI‐GT‐E‐GC16, SI‐GT‐E‐2404CF, SI‐GT‐E‐Gx4P, SI‐GT‐E‐GC16P, SI‐GT‐E‐2404CFP, & SI‐GT‐E‐10Gx2.) 

 8. Includes the 8830, 8840, 8860 routers.  9. Includes Smartcore SC 20  (2 Port), Smartcore SC 100 (10 Port), Smartcore SC 600 (6‐slot carrier grade), Smartcore 

SC 1400 (14‐slot carrier grade), WiChorus ASNGW, WiChorus HomeAgent, WiChorus MIG  

10. RUS Acceptance includes AP and APMAX hardware.  

11. Includes: 1RU EDFA, model EAR‐PxN‐Cx‐(E)‐(A)‐(S)‐(Dy)‐Sa‐1 RU(‐R) and 2RU EDFA, model EAR‐PxN‐Cx‐L‐W‐(E)‐(A)‐S‐(Dy)‐Sa‐Su‐2U(‐23). 

 12. Includes: AWI 150 1.3, AWI 400 1.3, AWI 1000 1.3, AWI 2000 1.3, AWI CLI 1.3, AWI CLI4 1.3 

 13. Elements included: Motorola CAP‐C, Brocade Switch (XMR4000/XMR8000), and Redback Router 

(SE100/SE400/SE800/SE1200).  

14. Includes all line conditioning, monitoring, and locating equipment and software.  

15. Includes Service Controller, Prepaid Integrator Module, Subscriber Data Broker™, and Policy Controller.  

16. 7600 Series Routers may be configured for use as an accepted WiMAX Broadband Wireless Gateway (BWG). 17. Includes the SEP, BNP, MMC, DBM, VMG, and USM. 18. Includes the HLP 4800 and HLP 1000 broadband platforms, POWERBlazer™ outdoor nodes, PWRLink® 1310nm 

broadcast transmitters, and SUPRALink®, METROLink™ and MAXLink™ 1550nm DWDM products, ProView™ video decoder products, the DiviCom Electra® and Ion™ video encoder products, ProStream™ video stream processor products, StreamLiner® 3000 video server, Ingest Gateway™, NSG 9000 Narrowcast Services Gateway™, CLEARcut® video content preparation system, the LIVEcut® broadcast video capture system, the MediaPrism™ Convergence Suite, Armada® content distribution system, the Direct 2 Edge™ system, the IRIS™ video QoS software suite, and the NMX Digital Services Manager™.  

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 143 of 168

01-05 Item Designation Page Anchor rods .......................................................................... x .......................................................... 6.1 Anchors, guy - expanding and plate .................................... z .......................................................... 6.2 " " - drive-type ..................................................... z .......................................................... 6.2 " " - swamp and rock ........................................... z .......................................................... 6.2.1 Bolts, angle, thimble-eye ..................................................... ba .......................................................... 6.13 " machine ...................................................................... c ........................................................... 6.13 " straight, thimble-eye .................................................. ao .......................................................... 6.13 Clamps, cable suspension .................................................. mz .......................................................... 6.15 " drop wire ............................................................... mk .......................................................... 6.3 " ground rod and pipe (indoors) .............................. aj ............................................................ 6.4 " ground rod and pipe (outdoors) ............................ aj ............................................................ 6.4.1 " guy ........................................................................ u ........................................................... 6.14 Connectors, grounding ........................................................ me ......................................................... 6.5 Guards, buried service ....................................................... am .......................................................... 6.6 " cable, plastic ........................................................ wg .......................................................... 6.8 " " split metal .................................................. sl ............................................................ 6.7 " riser ...................................................................... sg ........................................................... 6.8 Guy hooks .......................................................................... br ............................................................ 6.15 Guy lift plates ..................................................................... bk ........................................................... 6.15 Locknuts ............................................................................. ek ........................................................... 6.15 Numbers, pole .................................................................... az ........................................................... 6.9 Nuts, regular, square .......................................................... px ........................................................... 6.16 Rods, anchor ........................................................................ x ........................................................... 6.1 " ground ..................................................................... ai ............................................................ 6.10 Screws, lag ........................................................................... j ............................................................ 6.14 Strand, suspension and guy................................................. y ........................................................... 6.11 Straps, reinforcement, suspension clamp .......................... nb ........................................................... 6.16 Thimble-eye nuts ................................................................ ab ........................................................... 6.14 Washers ............................................................................. d ............................................................ 6.14 Wires, cable lashing ........................................................... nw .......................................................... 6.12 Miscellaneous items removed from the list ........................................................................................ 6.17

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 144 of 168

6.1 01-31-2011

x The manufacturers listed below have shown compliance with RUS requirements for the following anchor rods. Some manufacturers cannot supply all sizes listed. Check with manufacturer or distributor for availability.

x - Anchor Rods Types Diameters Lengths Single Guy 1/2" 7 ft. Single and Double Guys 5/8" 7 & 8 ft. Single and Double Guys 3/4" 8, 9, & 10 ft. Single and Double Guys 1" 8, 9, & 10 ft.

Manufacturers Eritech, Inc. (Carolina Galvanizing Corp.)

BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Hubbell Power Systems / A. B. Chance Company (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Joslyn Manufacturing and Supply Company

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Kortick Manufacturing Company

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

McGraw-Edison

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Utilities Service Company

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 145 of 168

6.2 01-31-2011 z

z - Anchors, Guy(1) Manufacturer Catalog Number Expanding and Plate Anchors Holding Power - Lbs.: 6000 10,000 16,000 Min. Required Area, Proj. Sq. In.: 90 120 200 Rod Diameter, Inches: 5/8 3/4 1 Rod Length, Feet: 7 8 10 Grip-Tite 8 Way A322086-G A322812-G A322102-G (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Hubbell Power Systems/ 8 Way - 88135G 1082G A.B. Chance (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Joslyn 8 Way J8115G J8135G J8200-1G (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) Plate - J7503G -

McGraw-Edison 4 Way DA1E5 DA1E7 - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 6 Way - - DA6E3

Plate DA1P7 DA1P9 DA2P2 South Central 8 Way 84115AG 84135AG - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 4 Way - - 1042001G

Drive-Type Holding Power - Lbs.: 6,000 10,000 l6,000 Rod Diameter - Inches: 5/8 3/4 1 Foresight Products MR-3 MR-2 MR-l (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) MR-SR(2)

Notes: (1)Where galvanized anchors are listed, the same anchors ungalvanized (black asphalt coated)

are also acceptable. (2)Swamp anchor.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 146 of 168

6.2.1 01-31-2011

z

z - Anchors, Guy Manufacturer Catalog Number(1) Swamp Anchors 10" dia. 12" dia. 15" dia. Foresight Products - MR-SR(2) - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J2871SG J2872SG J2873SG (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Rock Anchors Expanding Type Split Wedge Type Anchor Size - Inches: 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 - Rod Length - Inches: 15 30 53 18 Rod Diameter - Inches: 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 Hubbell Power Systems/ R315 R330 R353 - A.B. Chance (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) Joslyn J3436 J3437 J3438 - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Kortick K5503 K5504 K5505 K2377 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Utilities Service CR315 CR330 CR353 - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Notes: (1)Where galvanized anchors are listed, the same anchors ungalvanized (black asphalt coated)

are also acceptable. (2)Drive type swamp anchor (see drive anchor category).

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 147 of 168

6.3 10-07-2010 mk

mk - Drop Wire Clamps Manufacturer Catalog Number Diamond Communications 23-44441 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 23-88881*

General Machine Products 7380-B (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Reliable 2PRS* (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Senior Industries SI-0956 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) SI-0959 SI-0966 *Suitable for use in corrosive areas.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 148 of 168

6.4 01-31-2011

aj

aj - Ground Rod and Pipe Clamps

Station Installations (Indoors Only) Manufacturer Catalog Number This conductor: .162" (#6 AWG) Copper .102" (#10 AWG) Copper .081" (#12 AWG) Copper Connected to: Pipe Ground Pipe Ground Pipe Ground (Copper or Steel) (Copper or Steel) (Copper or Steel) 5/8"-1-1/4" O.D. 5/8"-1-1/4" O.D. 5/8"-1-1/4" O.D. Electric Motion EM5507 EM5507 EM5507 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) EM5517(3) EM5517(3) EM5517(3)

Reliable 13(1) 13(1) 13(1) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) -- 1(1)(2) 1(1)(2)

Senior Industries SI-0038C SI0038C Notes: (1)Smallest size pipe this clamp can be used on is 3/4". (2)Can only be used on copper pipe. (3)Can accommodate one #6 to #14 AWG and one #10 to #14 AWG copper conductor.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 149 of 168

6.4.1 02-28-2011 aj

aj - Ground Rod and Pipe Clamps

Station Installations (Outdoors) Manufacturer Catalog Number .081" (#12 AWG), .102" (#10 AWG) and .162" (#6 AWG) Copper Ground Rod (Galvanized Steel) Ground Rod (Copper-Covered Steel) Connected to: 1/2" 5/8" 1/2" 5/8" H. L. Boggs CR-1, M2009(1) CR-1, M2012(4) CR-1, 2009(1) CR-1, M2012(4) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Burndy GRC12(1) -- GRC12(1) -- (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Connector Castings(1) -- -- G-4 G-5 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Electric Motion EM5507 EM5507 EM5507 EM5507 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) EM5517(3) EM5517(3) EM5517(3) EM5517(3) EM1DB EM2DB EM1DB EM2DB EM4DB(1)(8) EM4DB(1)(8) EM4DB(1)(8) EM4DB(1)(8) Erico, Inc GR1-141G(1)(2) GR1-161G(1)(2) GR1-141G(1)(2) GR1-161G(1)(2) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) GR1-141A(1)(2) GR1-161A(1)(2) GR1-141A(1)(2) GR1-161A(1)(2)

CP58 CP58 CP58 CP58 EHL58C1G(4)

Galvan G4P(1) G5P(1) G4(1) G5(1) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Joslyn -- -- J8491 J8492(4) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Penn-Union CEB-1-TN(4) CEB-2-TN(4) CEB-1(4) CEB-2(4) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Senior Industries SI-0038C SI-0038C (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Thomas & Betts -- -- -- DGC58-66(4) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Tyco Electronics 1-83017-1(5) 1-83017-3(5) 1-81713-1(5) 1-81713-3(6) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 83017-5(4) 83017-2(4) 81713-5(4) 1-81713-2(7)

-- -- -- 81713-1(4) 81405-1 81406-1 Notes: (1)Accepted only for use with 0.102" (#10 AWG) and 0.162" (#6 AWG) wire. (2)Includes disposable mold. (3)Can accommodate one #6 to #14 AWG and one #10 to #14 AWG copper conductor. (4)Accepted only for use with .162" (#6 AWG) wire. (5)Accepted only for use with 0.102" (#10 AWG) or 0.081" (#12 AWG) wire. (6)Accepted only for use with 0.102" (#10 AWG) wire. (7)Accepted only for use with 0.081" (#12 AWG) wire. (8)Can be used on a ground that is already occupied by another ground rod clamp on top.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 150 of 168

6.5 01-31-2011

me

me - Grounding Connectors

Manufacturer Catalog Numbers

Mechanical/Others Compression For Buried Plant Housings (PE-91)

Anderson Electric (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) C-6, C-10

Burndy (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) KS17, KS90 YC8C8-ET, KSL-15, KSA4,

KSA2, KSU25, KSU26

Dossert (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) DS2F, DS09F, DSN1F, DSNS6F,

DSNS10F, DSNS13F

Electric Motion (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

EM 4250-__BC(5) EM 2371T EM 2525 (screw-on) EM 2610 (screw-on)

EM GC8010P, EM GC8020P EM 0164(3)

Intersystem Bonding EM MB5-3 (Meter Box Clamp) EM SDF-B-3

Erico (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

(PGT-1G1G, PGT-1B1A, PGT-1H1H, PGT-1A1A, PGT-1H1G)(1)

Fargo  (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) GC-5006, GC-5008, GC8010P, GC8020P, GA-

620C GC-164SHP(3)

GC-5006SHP Galvan (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) K4 ,K-6

Joslyn (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) J3606, J3657F J-3030

Kearney (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 118102, 118100

MacLean Power (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 438ALC

National Tel. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) T2-109D

Panduit (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) SBA2-C, SBA4-C

RSCK2/0-6-1, RSCK2-6-1,RSCK4/0-6-1, RSCK750-4/0-1, RSCK750-500-1, RSCKX750-750-1

Panduit (ND listing expires: Jan-2013)

SBC8-C, SBCT1/0-L, SBCT2/0-Q, SBCT2-C, SBCT3-C, SBCT8-C, SBCT10-C

Penn-Union (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) S-6, S-10 SW-1, SW-2, SW-5, SW-6,

SW-7, SW-8, PCA-010-H

See note on page 6.5.1.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 151 of 168

6.5.1 02-28-2011 me

NOTES:

1. Additional Erico CADWELD connectors are available for other combinations of ground wire. 2. For use with two stranded #6 conductors only. 3. Connector will accept braid. 4. One-hole connector for #6AWG bond ribbon (Brown). 5. Fill blank with a number from 1 through 24

me - Grounding Connectors (Continuation)

Manufacturer Catalog Numbers

Mechanical/Others Compression For Buried Plant Housings (PE-91)

Belden, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

TBRS75F-75C50FHS, TBRS75F-50C35FHS, TBRS75F-25C4/0FHS, TBRS75C50F-5C50FHS, TBRS75C50F-50C35FHS, TBRS75C50F-25C4/0FHS, TBRS75C50F-4/0CHS, TBRS4/0C-2CHS, TBRS4/0C-6CHS, TBRS2/0C1/0F-2CHS, TBRS2/0C1/0F-6CHS, TBRS1/0C1 F-2CHS, TBRS1/0C1 F-6CHS, TBRS2C-6CHS

Senior Industries (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) SI-0081, SI-0082

Thomas & Betts (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 6H, 4H

54705, 54710, 54715, 54720, 54725, 54730, 54735, 54740, 54745, 54750, 54852BR(4)

Tyco Electronics (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

81663-1(2)

See note on page 6.5.1.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 152 of 168

6.6 01-31-2011 am

am - Buried Service House Riser Guards

Manufacturer Type: Standard Length and Size: Catalog Number

Charles Industries, Ltd. (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Conduit  5' x 5/8"  12‐119R 

HMS Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Conduit 

5' x 1/2" R‐061 5' x 5/8" R‐070 5’ x .9” R‐080 5’ x 1.25” R‐125 

OSI Plastics Division of Ohio Steel Industries, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

Conduit 5' x 7/8" 

723181 723182 723198 723199 

5’ x 1.25” 723568 723609 

Closed "U"  5' x 1.13"  723567 

Virginia Plastics (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Conduit 5' x 3/8" VP‐38‐5* 20' x 1" VP‐1‐EC 

Closed "U" 5' x 5/8" VP‐B58*  *Staples will be required for mounting conduit.  Double headed nails will be required for mounting Closed "U" type molding.  The mounting hardware shall be ordered separately from this manufacturer. 

.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 153 of 168

6.7 01-05

sl

sl - Split Metal Cable Guards Manufacturer Catalog Number 10-Foot Straight Section 1" I.D. 3" I.D. 5-Foot Straight Section 5-Foot Curved Section 1" I.D. 3" I.D. 1" I.D. 3" I.D. 2-1/2-Foot Straight Section 2-1/2-Foot Curved Section 1" I.D. 3" I.D. 1" I.D. 3" I.D.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 154 of 168

6.8 02-28-2011 sg;wg

sg - Riser Guards (Pole)(1) Inside diameter, inches: 1 2 3 Manufacturer Catalog Number Carlon Products - 59011 59013 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

A. B. Chance 6531-1/2 6533 6535 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Custom Plastics(2) CPU1 CPU2 CPU3 (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Electrical Materials Co. 51-2 52-2 53-2 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Fargo UP-843G* UP-844G* UP-845G* (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Inwesco 54B01 54B03 54B04 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Joslyn J984 J987 J989 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

McGraw-Edison DU7P4 DU7P6 DU7P8 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Emerson Network Power, UP125-8G* UP225-8G* UP325-8G* Energy Systems (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Nordic Fiberglass U-101(2) - - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

*Numbers shown identify painted guards. Use of riser guard straps with these guards not needed. (1)Order by inside diameter and length. (2)Mounting staples must be purchased separately.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 155 of 168

6.8.1 02-28-2011

sg;wg

wg - Plastic Cable Guards Manufacturer Catalog Number Longitudinally Split Sizes, inches: 1 x 8 1-1/2 x 8 2 x 8 General Machine Products 7422-1 7422-1-1/2 7422-2 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Spirally Cut General Machine Products Type P (Specify diameter and length) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Preformed Line Type PTG " " " " (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Tyco Electronics *Spirap " " " " (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

*Specify black outdoor polyethylene.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 156 of 168

6.9 01-31-2011

az

az - Numbers, Pole Manufacturer Catalog Number Metal 1" 1-1/2" 3" 6" Almetek(1) X - X X (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Premax(1) - X - - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Plastic 3M Company (Use 3M decals from sm-b) (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

Note: (1)Order by size and description.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 157 of 168

6.10 02-28-2011 ai

ai - Ground Rods (without pigtails)

Manufacturer Catalog Number

1/2" x 5' 5/8" x 8' 5/8" x 10' Sectional

Sectional Coupling

Galvanized Steel

Cu-Covered Steel

    A. B. Chance (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)  8565  8578  8512  8611(1)  X   

       

Eritech (Erico) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

811350  815880 GCC58F(1) X 

611353  615883(3)  635883  CR58(2)    X 

       Galvan  (BA expires: Jan‐2012.) 

GR5005  GR6258F GRC‐625G X 5005G13  6258G13 6260G13S 60‐C, 60‐TC(2)   X

       Joslyn (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

J5315  J5328 J23282.10 J23282‐A(1) X     J9160‐13 J9160‐13(2)   X

       McGraw‐Edison (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)    DN5S8  DN13S110  DN1K2(1)  X   

       South Atlantic, LLC (Southern Grounding) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Z125  ZZ588 ZZ5810

 

X 

  C12513  C58813 CS581013 58C X       Utilities Service (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)    5307      X   

        Notes:

(1) Galvanized or zinc plated steel (2) Silicon bronze 80% copper minimum (3) Pigtail version part no. 6158839 is accepted.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 158 of 168

6.11 02-19-2010

y

y - Suspension and Guy Strand

These manufacturers' strands shown by X's comply with RUS 7 CFR Part 1755.370

Manufacturer Catalog Number Utilities grade, steel, seven wire (For use as suspension or for guys) 5/16"(6M) 3/8"(10M) 7/16"(16M) Class Bekaert Corporation X X X A,B,C (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Cal-Wire Stranding X X X A,B,C (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

CF&I Steel Corporation X X X A (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Davis Walker Corporation X X X A Florida Wire and Cable X X X A,B,C (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Indiana Steel & Wire X X X A,B,C (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Mitchell Industries, Inc. X X X A,B,C (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

National Strand Products X X X A,B,C (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Seal Wire X X X A (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 159 of 168

6.11.1 02-19-2010 y Extra High Strength Grade, steel, seven wire (For use as suspension or for guys) 1/4"(6M) 5/16"(10M) 7/16"(16M) Class Aceros Camesa X X X A,B,C BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Bekaert Corporation X X X A,B,C BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Cal-Wire Stranding X X X A,B,C BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

CF&I Steel Corporation X X X A BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Davis Walker Corporation X X - A BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Florida Wire and Cable X X X A,B,C BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Indiana Steel & Wire X X X A,B,C BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Mitchell Industries, Inc. X X X A,B,C BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

National Strand Products X X X A,B,C BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Paulsen Wire Rope Corp. X - - A BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Seal Wire X - - A BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Wire Rope Corporation of America (WRCA) X X X A BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 160 of 168

6.12 10-07-2010 nw

Notes:

1. This type of wire only is to be used with aluminum-clad steel strand in seacoast areas.

nw - Cable Lashing Wires

Manufacturer Aluminum(1) SS 302 SS 316 SS 430

Century Wire (ND Listing expires: Sept‐2010) 

Dia. 038” (1600ft) #.038SS302ACWDia. Dia. 045” (1200ft)

#.045SS316ACW Dia. 045” (1200ft) #.045SS430ACW Dia. 045” (1200ft)

#.045SS302ACW

DCD Design & Manufacturing (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Dia.091” (325ft) #61010-010 #61020-010 #61000-010

Dia. 038” (1600ft) #61010-060

Dia. 045” (1200ft) #61010-070

Dia. 045” (1200ft) #61010-050

Dia. 045” (1200ft) #61010-080

Dia. 061” (650ft) #61010-020

Dia.061” (650ft) #61010-030

Industrial Alloys Division of Tree Island Wire USA, Inc. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Dia. 038" (1600 ft) #950000 (SH) #950012 (TH)

Dia. 045" (1200 Ft) #950002 (SH) #950014 (TH)

Dia. 045" (1200 ft) #950003 (SH) #950004 (TH)

Dia. 045" (1200 Ft) #950001 (SH) #950013 (TH)

Dia. 061" (650 Ft) #950008 (SH) #950015 (TH)

Dia. 061" (650 ft) #950005 (SH) #950006 (TH)

Dia. 065 (450 ft)

#950011 (SH) #950016 (TH)

Loos Co. (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

Dia. 038” (1600ft) #0380SA302LAC Dia. 045” (1200ft)

#0450SA316LAC

Dia. 045” (1200ft) #045SA430LP

Dia. 045” (1200ft) #0450SA302LAC

Dia. 061” (650ft) #061SA430LP

Senior Industries (ND Listing expires: Oct‐2012)

Dia. 045” (1200ft) SI-9609

Dia. 045”(1200ft) SI-9607

Dia. 045” (1200ft) SI-9603

Wire World Inc. (ND Listing expires: 09/04/10) 

Dia. 038” (1600ft) #IWW038302

Dia. 038” (1600ft) #IWW038316

Dia. 045” (1200ft) #IWW045430(RUS)

Dia.045” (1200ft) # IWW045302

Dia.045” (1200ft) #IWW045316

Dia.065” (450ft) #IWW065430x450

Dia. 065” (450ft) # IWW065302x450 Dia. 065” (6500ft)

#IWW065430x650

Dia. 065” (2200ft) #IWW065430x2200

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 161 of 168

6.13 06-04-2010

c;ao;ba

Manufacturer Catalog Number

c - Bolts, machine 5/8" 3/4" Allied Bolt 8XXX(10) 8XXX(11) (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) )

Chance C88XX

(1) C89XX

(2)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J88XX

(6) J89XX

(7)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

ao - Bolts, straight, thimble-eye 5/8" 3/4" Chance C55XX

(3) C56XX

(4)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J80XX

(8) J80XX

(9)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

ba - Bolts, angle, thimble-eye 5/8" 3/4" Chance C50XX

(3) C51XX

(5)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J81XX

(8) J81XX

(9)

(BA expires: Jan‐2011.) See page 7.13.1 for notes.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 162 of 168

6.13.1 06-04-2010 c;ao;ba Notes: (1)Order bolts by changing X's in catalog number to length of bolt in inches; accepted for lengths 5", 6",

7", 8", 9", 10", 12", 14", 16", 18", 20", 22", and 24". (2)Order bolts by changing X's in catalog number to length of bolt in inches; accepted for lengths 8",

10", 12", 14", 16", 18", 20", 22", 24", and 26". (3)Order bolts by changing X's in catalog number to length of bolt in inches; accepted for lengths 10",

12", 14", and 16". (4)Order bolts by changing X's in catalog number to length of bolt in inches; accepted for lengths 12"

and 14". (5)Order bolts by changing X's in catalog number to length of bolt in inches; accepted for lengths 10",

12", and 14". (6)Order bolts by changing X's in catalog number to length of bolt in inches; accepted for lengths 5", 6",

7", 8", 9", 10", 11", 12", 13", 14", 15", 16", 18", 20", 22", and 24". (7)Order bolts by changing X's in catalog number to length of bolt in inches; accepted for lengths 5", 6", 7",

8", 9", 10", 12", 14", 16", 18", 20", 22", 24", and 26". (8)Order bolts by changing X's in catalog number to length of bolt in inches; accepted for lengths 6", 8",

10", and 12". (9)Order bolts by changing X's in catalog number to length of bolt in inches; accepted for lengths 8", 10",

and 12". (10)Bolts with the following catalog numbers have been accepted: 8126 (5/8" x 5"); 8214 (5/8" x 6"); 8215

(5/8" x 7"); 8220 (5/8" x 8"); 8926 (5/8" x 9"); 8222 (5/8" x 10"); 8224 (5/8" x 12"); 8226 (5/8" x 14"): 8228 (5/8" x 16"); 8230 (5/8" x 18"); 8232 (5/8" x 20"); 8234 (5/8" x 22"); and 8236 (5/8" x 24").

(11)Bolts with the following catalog numbers have been accepted: 8153 (3/4" x 6"); 8154 (3/4" x 7");

8238 (3/4" x 8"); 8240 (3/4" x 10"); 8242 (3/4" x 12); 8244 (3/4" x 14"); 8246 (3/4" x 16"); 8248 (3/4" x 18"); 8250 (3/4" x 20"); 8252 (3/4" x 22"); 8254 (3/4" x 24"); 8255 (3/4" x 26").

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 163 of 168

6.14 06-04-2010

d;j;u;ab Manufacturer Catalog Number

d - Washers Type: Curved Flat Square Size, in.: 2-1/2x2-1/2x3/16 3x3x1/4 3x3x1/4 2-1/4x2-1/4x3/16 2-1/4x2-1/4x3/16 2-1/4x2-1/4 Hole sizes, in.: 11/16 11/16 13/16 13/16 11/16 11/16 Allied Bolt 11551 11550 - 6813 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Chance - 6823 1/2 6822 1/2 - - 6813 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Stanley G. Flagg - - P143A - - - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J6822 J113 J6823 J1076 J1075 - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

j - Screws, Lag

1/2" x 4" 5/8" x 5" Chance C508754 - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J-8754P J-8765 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

u - Guy Clamps

Strand size, inches: 5/16 7/16 Joslyn 930 J931 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

ab - Thimble-Eye Nuts

Size, inches: 5/8 3/4 3/8 Chance 6510 - - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Continental Electric Company TN-5 TN-6 - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Stanley G. Flagg P128A - P129A (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J6510 - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) J6511

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 164 of 168

6.15 01-31-2011 bk;br;ek;mz Manufacturer Catalog Number

bk - Guy Lift Plates For 5/8" Bolts For 3/4" Bolts Chance - 7897  (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J7896 J7894  (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

br - Guy Hooks Bolt size (inches): 5/8 3/4 Continental Electric Company GA-5X GA-64 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Stanley G. Flagg P135AX P134AX BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J6555 J6556 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Power Play Products B58GH - (BA expires: Jan‐2012.)

ek - Locknuts Size: 5/8" 3/4" Joslyn J8583 J8584 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

mz - Cable Suspension Clamps Type: Straight Angle Chance C7903 C7902L (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J1096 J7902-B (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 165 of 168

6.16 02-19-2010

nb;px Manufacturer Catalog Number

nb - Suspension Clamp Reinforcement Straps Size: 1-3/4" 2" Chance C7905 - (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J7905 J7908 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

px - Regular Square Nuts Size: 5/8" 3/4" Chance C55084P C55085P (BA expires: Jan‐2011.) 

Joslyn J8563 J8564 (BA expires: Jan‐2011.)

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 166 of 168

6.17 01-05 The following items have been removed from the List of Materials because of their limited use and not because of their inability to meet applicable requirements. Their removal from the list does not relieve borrowers of their responsibility to use materials that meet RUS requirements, ASTM or other national specifications. i - Bolts, carriage aa - Oval eye nuts al - Ground wire staples and nails at - Guy guards bl - Steel support brackets bm - Guy thimble cb - Conductor bundle bags df - False deadends dm - Permanent cable identification markers dz - Guy wire clips mf - Drive hooks mi - Drop wire support mj - Drop wire clip mm - Drive rings mo - Angle screw mx - Steel pole steps my - Drop wire hooks na - Aerial and underground cable nc - Cable extension arms nd - Metal pole keys ne - Bridle rings ns - Span clamps pg - Porcelain insulated screweyes ph - Screw anchors pk - Moisture blocks pt - Vinyl tape pw - Detachable pole steps py - Lashing wire terminal clamps st - Spacer tape tc - Cable ties wf - Self-supporting cable za - Filler tape ze - Sealing compound

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 167 of 168

The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) prohibits discrimination in all its programs and activities on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, religion, age, disability, political beliefs, sexual orientation, and marital or family status. (Not all prohibited bases apply to all programs.) Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication of program information (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.) should contact USDA’S TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD). To file a complaint of discrimination, write USDA, Director, Office of Civil Rights, Room 326-W, Whitten Building, 14th and Independence Avenue, SW, Washington, D.C. 20250-9410 or call (202) 720-5964 (voice or TDD). USDA is an equal opportunity provider and employer.

2011_B_listomat-02-28-2011

Page 168 of 168